Home

TR0113 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference

1. 247 G Gain Differential I O 177 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 504 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Gain Single Ended I O 174 General Analysis Setup Options 450 General simulation convergence troubleshooting 500 H Hyperbolic Arc Cosine of Current 337 Hyperbolic Arc Cosine of Voltage Differential Input 342 Hyperbolic Arc Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input 340 Hyperbolic Arc Sine of Current 345 Hyperbolic Arc Sine of Voltage Differential Input 350 Hyperbolic Arc Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input 348 Hyperbolic Arc Tangent of Current 353 Hyperbolic Arc Tangent of Voltage Differential Input 358 Hyperbolic Arc Tangent of Voltage Single Ended Input 356 Hyperbolic Cosine of Current 361 Hyperbolic Cosine of Volta
2. 123 Slew Rate Differential I O 229 Slew Rate Single Ended I O 226 SPICE3f5 models 28 Square Root of Current 412 Square Root of Voltage Differential Input 417 Square Root of Voltage Single Ended Input 415 Sub circuit based models 240 Subtraction of Currents 420 Subtraction of Voltages Differential Inputs 425 Subtraction of Voltages Single Ended Inputs 423 Summer Differential I O 236 Summer Single Ended I O 232 T Tangent of Current 428 Tangent of Voltage Differential Input 433 Tangent of Voltage Single Ended Input 431 Temperature Sweep 488 The Netlist Template Explained 24 Transfer Function Analysis 476 Transformer Equivalent Circuit Model 252 Transient Analysis 453 Transient Analysis troubleshooting 502 Troubleshooting netlist generation failure 498 TTL an
3. 74 M Math Functions 267 Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor MOSFET 59 Metal Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor MESFET 56 Monte Carlo Analysis 478 Multiplication of Currents 385 Multiplication of Voltages Differential Inputs 392 Multiplication of Voltages Single Ended Inputs 388 Multiplier Differential I O 206 Multiplier Single Ended I O 202 N Natural Logarithm of Current 396 Natural Logarithm of Voltage Differential Input 401 Natural Logarithm of Voltage Single Ended Input 399 Nodeset 130 Noise Analysis 469 Non Linear Dependent Current Source 90 Non Linear Dependent Voltage Source 114 O Operating Point Analysis 452 P Parameter Sweep 483 Piecewise Linear Current Source
4. 304 Arc Tangent of Voltage Differential Input 309 Arc Tangent of Voltage Single Ended Input 307 B Bipolar Junction Transistor BJT 47 C Capacitance Meter Differential I O 137 Capacitance Meter Single Ended I O 134 Capacitor 30 Capacitor Semiconductor 31 Component and Simulation Multipliers 3 Controlled Limiter Differential I O 143 Controlled Limiter Single Ended I O 140 Controlled One Shot Differential I O 151 Controlled One Shot Single Ended I O 147 Cosine of Current 312 Cosine of Voltage Differential Input 317 Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input 315 Coupled Inductors 33 Crystal 241 Current Controlled Switch 66 Current Limiter Differential I O 159 Current Limiter Single Ended I O 155 Current Controlled Current Source 80 Current Controlled Voltage Source 105 D
5. Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 Gain 4 All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN1 IN2 vd OUT 0 AU1GAIN MODEL AU1GAIN gain gain 4 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 179 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 180 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Hysteresis Hysteresis Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name HYST SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR HYST MODEL DESIGNATOR HYST hyst in_low in_low in_low in_high in_high in_high hyst hyst hyst out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit input_domain input_domain input_domain fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Low input low value Default 0 In_High input high value De
6. Pulse Width 500u Period 1000u All other parameters for the model are left at their default values the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist VCP CP 0 DC 0 PULSE 0 5 0 1u 1u 500u 1000u AC 1 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 123 Sinusoidal Voltage Source Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Sinusoidal SPICE Prefix V SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE SIN OFFSET amp OFFSET 0 AMPLITUDE amp AMPLITUDE 1 FREQUENCY amp FREQUENCY 1K DELAY amp DELAY 0 DAMPING FACTOR amp DAMPING FACTOR 0 amp PHASE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Offset DC offset voltage of the signal generator in Volts Default 0 Amplitude peak amplitude of the sinusoid in Volts Defau
7. Schematic Netlist L1 VIN1 0 10mH L2 VOUT1 0 10mH Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 36 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Diode Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Diode SPICE Prefix D SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL amp AREA FACTOR amp STARTING CONDITION INITIAL VOLTAGE IC INITIAL VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE TEMP TEMPERATURE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Area Factor specifies the number of equivalent parallel devices of the specified model This setting affects a number of parameters in the model Starting Condition set to OFF to set diode voltage to zero during operating point analysis Can be useful as an aid in convergence Initial Voltage time zero voltage across the diode in Volts Temperature temperature at which the device is to operate in Degrees Celsius Default 27 Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the model file directly IS saturation current in Amps Default 1 0e 14 RS ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 N emission coefficient Default 1 TT transit time
8. 93 Piecewise Linear Voltage Source 117 Pole Zero Analysis 473 Potentiometer 41 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 505 Pulse Current Source 97 Pulse Voltage Source 120 PWL Controlled Source Differential I O 213 PWL Controlled Source Single Ended I O 210 R Relay 249 Resistor 42 Resistor Semiconductor 43 Resistor Variable 46 S S Domain Transfer Function Differential I O 221 S Domain Transfer Function Single Ended I O 216 Simulation Analyses 449 Simulation Models 1 Simulation ready Components Quick Reference 4 Sine of Current 404 Sine of Voltage Differential Input 409 Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input 407 Sinusoidal Current Source 100 Sinusoidal Voltage Source
9. FC coefficient for forward bias depletion capacitance formula Default 0 5 TNOM parameter measurement temperature in C this value will be overridden by a value entered for Temperature in the Sim Model dialog Notes The model for the JFET is based on the FET model of Shichman and Hodges The values for the Initial D S and G S Voltages only apply if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled in the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The Area Factor affects the following model parameters transconductance parameter BETA drain ohmic resistance RD source ohmic resistance RS zero bias G S junction capacitance CGS zero bias G D junction capacitance CGD gate junction saturation current IS If the Area Factor is omitted a value of 1 0 is assumed The link to the required model file mdl is specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered either in the Sim Model dialog where available or directly in the model file The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 54 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the JFET
10. Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ATANV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc tangent of Voltage SUBCKT ATANV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ATAN V 1 ENDS ATANV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 308 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ATANV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ATANV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ATAN V 1 ENDS ATANV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 309 Arc Tangent of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file
11. Out_Lower_Limit 15V Out_Upper_Limit 15V All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 201 Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN1 IN2 vd OUT 0 AU1LIMIT MODEL AU1LIMIT limit gain 3 out_lower_limit 15 out_upper_limit 15 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 202 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Multiplier Multiplier Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name MULT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL PARAMS X_OFFSET X_OFFSET X_OFFSET Y_OFFSET Y_OFFSET Y_OFFSET X_GAIN X_GAIN X_GAIN Y_GAIN Y_GAIN Y_GAIN OUT_GAIN OUT_GAIN OUT_GAIN OUT_OFFSET OUT_OFFSET OUT_OFFSET Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog X_Offset X input offset Default 0 Y_Offset Y input offset Default 0 X_Gain X input gain Default 1 Y_Gain Y input gain Default 1 Ou
12. The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the X_Offset and Y_Offset parameters The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for gain specified in the respective X_Gain and Y_Gain parameters The resulting values are summed The result is then multiplied by the value specified for the Out_Gain parameter The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output X X_Offset X_Gain Y Y_Offset Y_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset The input signals can be either differential current or differential voltage signals The built in XSPICE summer function can take two or more inputs with no upper limit on the number of inputs considered This particular 2 input version is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax Within the sub circuit definition the XSPICE summer model is called and the parameters of the sub circuit file parsed to this model Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the supplied 2 input summer open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The defa
13. the peak amplitude of the output current in Amps Default 1 Carrier Frequency the carrier frequency in Hz Default 100k Modulation Index the modulation index Default 5 Signal Frequency the signal message frequency in Hz Default 10k Notes The image below shows an example of the waveform produced by an FM current source with the parameters set to the default values Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 88 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The shape of the waveform is described by the following formula I t IO IA sin 2 FCt MI sin 2 FSt where t is an instance of time IO is the DC offset of the signal generator IA is the maximum amplitude of the output swing excluding the DC offset FC is the Carrier frequency MI is the Modulation Index and FS is the Signal frequency The simulation ready frequency modulated sinusoidal current source component ISFFM can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 89 Consider the frequency modulated sinusoidal current source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net IN Pin2 negative is connected to net GND Designator is I1 Offset 0 Amplitude 1m Carrier Frequency 10
14. 248 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the fuse in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 is connected to net In Pin2 is connected to net Out Designator is F1 The linked simulation sub circuit file is FUSE ckt with the following content FUSE Fuse Subcircuit Parameters CURRENT Fuse current RESISTANCE Inernal resistance SUBCKT FUSE 1 2 PARAMS CURRENT 1 RESISTANCE 1m SW1 1 2 3 0 SMOD OFF BNLV 3 0 V abs v 1 2 MODEL SMOD SW VT CURRENT RESISTANCE RON 1g ROFF RESISTANCE ENDS FUSE CURRENT 500 mA set in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XF1 IN OUT FUSE 0 Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT FUSE 0 1 2 SW1 1 2 3 0 SMOD OFF BNLV 3 0 V ABS V 1 2 MODEL SMOD SW VT 5E 4 RON 1G ROFF 1E 3 ENDS FUSE Notice that the Netlister has pre evaluated the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the value for the CURRENT parameter specified in the Sim Model dialog which overrides the default and the default value for the RESISTANCE parameter 1 mOhm as defined in the FUSE ckt file Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 249 Relay Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 MODEL PARAMS PULLIN PULLIN P
15. MODEL DESIGNATOR CLIMIT climit in_offset in_offset in_offset gain gain gain upper_delta upper_delta upper_delta lower_delta lower_delta lower_delta limit_range limit_range limit_range fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain default 1 Upper_Delta output upper delta Default 0 Lower_Delta output lower delta Default 0 Limit_Range upper and lower smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Fraction used to control whether the limit range is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default FALSE Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 141 Notes This model is similar in function to the Gain function However the output is restricted to the range specified by the output lower and upper limits cntl_lower and cntl_upper pins of the device The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal The Limit_Range is the value below the cntl_upper limit and above the cntl_lower limit at which smoothing of the output begins A minimum positive value of current voltage must e
16. Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 409 Sine of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SINVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Sine of Voltage SUBCKT SINVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V SIN V 1 2 ENDS SINVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 410 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 SINVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SINVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V SIN V 1 2 ENDS SINVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 411 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 412 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Square Root Square Root of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPIC
17. The linked simulation model file is URC mdl the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist UURC1 IN 0 OUT URC L 1 N 6 Models and Subcircuit MODEL URC URC Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 79 In this case there are no parameter values specified in the model file The SPICE engine would therefore use the parameter values defined in the Sim Model dialog along with the default values inherent to the model for all other parameters that are definable in the model file Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 80 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Current Sources Current Controlled Current Source Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Current Controlled SPICE Prefix F SPICE Netlist Template Format V DESIGNATOR 1 2 0V DESIGNATOR 3 4 V DESIGNATOR GAIN Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain current gain of the source in Amps Notes This source produces a current at the output terminals that is a linear function of the current at the input terminals dependant on the gain of the source The current controlled current source actually implements two individual
18. XM1 IN OUT UNARYV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT UNARYV 1 2 BX 2 0 V V 1 ENDS UNARYV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 441 Unary Minus of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name UNARYVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file UNARYVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Unary of Voltage SUBCKT UNARYVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V V 1 2 ENDS UNARYVR Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 442 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the UNARYVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 UNARYVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT UNARYVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V V 1 2 ENDS UNARYVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May
19. Y_Offset Y input offset Default 0 X_Gain X input gain Default 1 Y_Gain Y input gain Default 1 Out_Gain output gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a two input summer with offset and gain adjustment available on both inputs and output It takes the inputs and processes them to obtain the output result as follows Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 233 The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the X_Offset and Y_Offset parameters The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for gain specified in the respective X_Gain and Y_Gain parameters The resulting values are summed The result is then multiplied by the value specified for the Out_Gain parameter The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output X X_Offset X_Gain Y Y_Offset Y_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset The input signals can be either single ended current or single ended voltage signals The built in XSPICE summer function can take two or more inputs with no upper limit on the number of inputs considered This particular 2 input version is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax Within the sub circuit definition the XSPICE summer model is called and the
20. and 3 standard deviations is 990 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 479 With this type of distribution there is a higher probability that the randomly generated value will be closer to the specified value Worst Case This is the same as the Uniform distribution but only the end points worst case of the range are used For a 1K 10 resistor the value used would be randomly chosen from the two worst case values of 990 and 1100 On any one simulation run there is an equal chance that the high end worst case value 1100 or low end worst case value 990 will be used Number of Runs the number of simulation runs you want the Simulator to perform Different device values will be used for each run within the specified tolerance range Default 5 Default Resistor Tolerance the default tolerance to be observed for resistors The value is entered as a percentage Default 10 Default Capacitor Tolerance the default tolerance to be observed for capacitors The value is entered as a percentage Default 10 Default Inductor Tolerance the default tolerance to be observed for inductors The value is entered as a percentage Default 10 Default Transistor Tolerance the default tolerance to be observed for transistors beta forward The value is entered as a percentage Default 10 Default DC Source Tolerance the defaul
21. 1 0e4 UEXP critical field exponent in mobility degradation This parameter is applicable to the MOS2 model only Default 0 UTRA transverse field coefficient mobility This parameter has been deleted with respect to the MOS2 model Default 0 VMAX maximum drift velocity of carriers in m s Default 0 NEFF total channel charge fixed and mobile coefficient This parameter is applicable to the MOS2 model only Default 1 KF flicker noise coefficient Default 0 AF flicker noise exponent Default 1 FC coefficient for forward bias depletion capacitance formula Default 0 5 DELTA width effect on threshold voltage This parameter is applicable to MOS2 and MOS3 model types only Default 0 THETA mobility modulation in 1 V This parameter is applicable to the MOS3 model only Default 0 ETA static feedback This parameter is applicable to the MOS3 model only Default 0 KAPPA saturation field factor This parameter is applicable to the MOS3 model only Default 0 2 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 62 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 TNOM parameter measurement temperature in C this value will be overridden by a value entered for Temperature in the Sim Model dialog Default 27 The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the model file directly when using the BSIM or BSIM2 models VFB flat band
22. A Model Name ONESHOT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 vd 5 6 vd 7 8 DESIGNATOR ONESHOT MODEL DESIGNATOR ONESHOT oneshot cntl_array cntl_array cntl_array pw_array pw_array pw_array clk_trig clk_trig clk_trig pos_edge_trig pos_edge_trig pos_edge_trig out_low out_low out_low out_high out_high out_high rise_time rise_time rise_time rise_delay rise_delay rise_delay fall_delay fall_delay fall_delay fall_time fall_time fall_time Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Clk_Trig clock trigger value Default 0 5 cntl_array control array Default 0 Fall_Delay delay between receiving a valid trigger level and the output starting to fall from high value to low value Default 1 0e 9 Fall_Time output fall time Default 1 0e 9 Out_High output high value Default 1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 152 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Out_Low output low value Default 0 Pos_Edge_Trig positive TRUE negative FALSE edge trigger switch Default TRUE Pw_Array pulse width array This value must be greater than or equal to zero
23. AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Initial Value current amplitude at time zero in Amps Default 0 Pulsed Value maximum amplitude of the output swing in Amps Default 5 Time Delay delay before the source changes from Initial current value to Pulsed current value in seconds Rise Time the time it takes to rise from Initial current value to Pulsed current value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 4u Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 98 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Fall Time the time it takes to fall from Pulsed current value back to the Initial current value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 1u Pulse Width the time that the source remains at the Pulsed current amplitude in seconds Default 0 Period the time between the start of the first pulse and the start of the second pulse in seconds Default 5u Phase phase shift of the waveform at time zero in Degrees Notes The image below shows an example of the waveform produced by a periodic pulse current source with the parameters set to the default values The shape of the waveform is described as follows I t0 IIV I tTD IIV I tTD tRT IPV I tTD tRT tPW IPV I tTD tRT tPW tFT IIV I tSTOP IIV where Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 99 t is an
24. LOG log base 10 function Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 91 EXP exponential function EXP x returns the value of e raised to the power of x where e is the base of the natural logarithms SIN sine function ASIN arc sine function ASINH hyperbolic arc sine function SINH hyperbolic sine function COS cosine function ACOS arc cosine function ACOSH hyperbolic arc cosine function COSH hyperbolic cosine function TAN tangent function ATAN arc tangent function ATANH hyperbolic arc tangent function U unit step function Returns a value of 1 for arguments greater than 0 and a value of 0 for arguments less than 0 URAMP unit ramp function Integral of the unit step for an input x the value is 0 if x is less than 0 or if x is greater than 0 the value is x The following standard operators are supported addition operator subtraction operator multiplication operator division operator power operator y x returns the value of y raised to the power of x unary unary minus operator unary x returns x To reference in an equation the current at a node in your circuit you must first name the node in the schematic using a Net Label You then use the name defined in the Net field of the Net Label s properties to reference the node u
25. Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ASINV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ASIN V 1 ENDS ASINV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 301 Arc Sine of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ASINVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ASINVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc sine of Voltage SUBCKT ASINVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ASIN V 1 2 ENDS ASINVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 302 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 ASINVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ASINVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ASIN V 1 2 ENDS ASINVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Referen
26. SW DIP 8 8 way DIP Switch surface mount dpsw8 DIPSW8 ckt X SW DIP 9 9 way DIP Switch thru hole dpsw9 DIPSW9 ckt X Trans Transformer TRANSFORMER Not Required K Trans Adj Variable Transformer TRANSFORMER Not Required K Trans BB Buck boost IDEAL4W IDEAL4W ckt X Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 18 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix Transformer Ideal Trans CT Center Tapped Transformer Coupled Inductor Model TRANSFORMER Not Required K Trans CT Ideal Center Tapped Transformer Ideal IDEALTRANSCT IDEALTRANSCT ckt X Trans Cupl Transformer Coupled Inductor Model TRANSFORMER Not Required K Trans Eq Transformer Equivalent Circuit Model TRANS TRANS ckt X Trans Ideal Transformer Ideal IDEALTRANS IDEALTRANS ckt X Trans3 Three winding transformer non ideal NI3WTRANS NI3WTRANS ckt X Trans3 Ideal Three winding transformer ideal IDEAL3W IDEAL3W ckt X Trans4 Four winding transformer non ideal NI4WTRANS NI4WTRANS ckt X Trans4 Ideal Four winding transformer ideal IDEAL4W IDEAL4W ckt X Triac Silicon Bidirectional Triode Thyristor MAC15A8 MAC15A8 ckt X Tube 6L6GC Beam Power Pentode 6L6GC 6L6GC ckt X Tube 6SN7 Medium Mu Dual Triode 6SN7 6SN7 ckt X Tube 12AU7 Medium Mu Dual Triode 12AU7 12AU7 ckt X Tube 12AX7 High Mu Dual Triode 12AX7 12AX7 ckt X Tube 7
27. 4 1 2 GAIN Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain transconductance of the source in mhos Notes This source produces a current at the output terminals that is a linear function of the voltage at the input terminals dependant on the transconductance of the source The characteristic equation for this source is i gv where g is the transconductance The simulation ready voltage controlled current source component GSRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 104 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the voltage controlled current source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net N1 Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net N6 Pin3 positive output node is connected to net GND Pin4 negative output node is connected to net N5 Designator is GCM Gain 2 574E 9 the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist GCM 0 N5 N1 N6 2 574E 9 Simulation Models and Analyses Refer
28. 4 MODEL PARAMS VIL VIL VIL VIH VIH VIH CYCLES CYCLES CYCLES Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Vil low level input threshold in Volts Vih high level input threshold in Volts Cycles cycles per volt output Notes The output is a voltage the level of which is a linear function of the input frequency The frequency to voltage converter is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the model open the associated sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line SPICE does not support parameterized sub circuits To c
29. Default 1 0e 6 Rise_Delay delay between receiving a valid trigger level and the output starting to rise from low value to high value Default 1 0e 9 Rise_Time output rise time Default 1 0e 9 Notes This model is used to output a single pulse the width of which is determined by a user defined piece wise linear waveform and a controlling input The cntl_array parameter values are input coordinate points progressively increasing while the Pw_Array parameter values represent the corresponding pulse widths at those points You could think of the function as being analogous to a look up table where the input signal cntl pin of the device amplitude is mapped to the corresponding input value in the cntl_array and then the Pw_Array value that this is paired with is used as the width for the output pulse signal The amplitude of the pulse is determined by the values assigned to the Out_Low and Out_High parameters The output pulse is controlled by means of the clk input When this input reaches the level assigned to the Clk_Trig parameter the pulse is triggered on either the rising or falling edge of the clock in accordance with the setting of the Pos_Edge_Trig parameter Upon triggering the output reaches its high value after time Rise_Delay Rise_Time and its initial value again after time Pulse Width Fall_Delay Fall_Time The clr input to the device is used to reset the state of the function so th
30. Display Right Hand Decimal REDCC REDCC ckt X Dpy Yellow CA Common Anode Seven Segment Display Right Hand Decimal YELLOWCA YELLOWCA ckt X Dpy Yellow CC Common Cathhode Seven Segment Display Right Hand Decimal YELLOWCC YELLOWCC ckt X Fuse 1 Fuse FUSE FUSE ckt X Fuse 2 Fuse FUSE FUSE ckt X IGBT N Insulated Gate Bipolar Junction Transistor N Channel IRGPC40U IRGPC40U ckt X IGBT P Insulated Gate Bipolar Junction Transistor P Channel PIGBT PIGBT ckt X Inductor Inductor INDUCTOR Not Required L Inductor Adj Adjustable Inductor INDUCTOR Not Required L Inductor Iron Magnetic core Inductor INDUCTOR Not Required L Inductor Iron Adj Adjustable Magnetic core Inductor INDUCTOR Not Required L JFET N N Channel JFET NJFET NJFET mdl J JFET P P Channel JFET PJFET PJFET mdl J LED0 Typical INFRARED GaAs LED LED0 LED0 mdl D Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 15 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix LED1 Typical RED GaAs LED LED1 LED1 mdl D LED2 Typical RED GREEN YELLOW AMBER GaAs LED LED2 LED2 mdl D LED3 Typical BLUE SiC LED LED3 LED3 mdl D MESFET N N Channel MESFET NMESFET NMESFET mdl Z MESFET P P Channel MESFET PMESFET PMESFET mdl Z MOSFET N N Channel MOSFET NMOS NMOS mdl M MOSFET N4 N Channel MOSFET externally terminated substrate NMOS
31. If the Area Factor is omitted a value of 1 0 is assumed Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 50 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The link to the required model file mdl is specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered either in the Sim Model dialog where available or directly in the model file The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Examples Consider the BJT in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 collector is connected to net C Pin2 base is connected to net GND Pin3 emitter is connected to net E Designator is Q1 The linked simulation model file is 2N3904 mdl If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Q1 C 0 E 2N3904 Models and Subcircuit MODEL 2N3904 NPN IS 1 4E 14 BF 300 VAF 100 IKF 0 025 ISE 3E 13 BR 7 5 RC 2 4 CJE 4 5E 12 TF 4E 10 CJC 3 5E 12 TR 2 1E 8 XTB 1 5 KF 9E 16 and the SPICE engine would use the indicated parameter information defined in the model file along with default parameter values inherent to the model for those parameters not specified in the file If
32. May 20 2005 253 Examples Consider the transformer in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 Pri is connected to net IN Pin2 Pri is connected to net GND Pin3 Sec is connected to A Pin4 Sec is connected to net C Designator is TF1 The linked simulation sub circuit file is 10TO1 ckt with the following content Transformer Subcircuit Parameters RATIO Turns ratio Secondary Primary RP Primary DC resistance RS Secondary DC resistance LEAK Leakage inductance MAG Magnetizing inductance 10 1 Transformer Connections Pri Pri Sec Sec SUBCKT 10TO1 1 2 3 4 PARAMS RATIO 0 1 RP 0 1 RS 0 1 LEAK 1u MAG 1u VISRC 9 4 DC 0V FCTRL 6 2 VISRC RATIO EVCVS 8 9 5 2 RATIO RPRI 1 7 RP RSEC 8 3 RS LLEAK 7 5 LEAK LMAGNET 6 5 MAG Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 254 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 ENDS 10TO1 If no overriding parameters for the model are specified in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog then the default values listed in the sub circuit definition will be used and the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XTF1 IN 0 A C 10TO1 Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT 10TO1 1 2 3 4 VISRC 9 4 DC 0V FCTRL 6 2 VISRC 1E 1 EVCVS 8 9 5 2 1E 1 RPRI 1 7 1E 1 RSEC 8 3 1E 1 LLEAK 7 5 1E 6 LMAGNET 6 5 1E 6
33. Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SINI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I SIN I VX ENDS SINI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 406 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 407 Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SINV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Sine of Voltage SUBCKT SINV 1 2 BX 2 0 V SIN V 1 ENDS SINV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 408 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT SINV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SINV 1 2 BX 2 0 V SIN V 1 ENDS SINV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit
34. Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 425 Subtraction of Voltages Differential Inputs Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SUBVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SUBVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Subrtact Voltages SUBCKT SUBVR 1 2 3 4 5 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS SUBVR Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 426 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SUBVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OUT 0 SUBVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SUBVR 1 2 3 4 5 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS SUBVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 427 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 428 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Tangent Tangent of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name T
35. Subsequent simulation of the design will generate the netlist using this stored information If you use the Analyses Setup dialog and then run a simulation without having saved the project it is the setup information last defined in the dialog and not that existing in the project that is used Running a simulation from the schematic will use the schematic generated SPICE netlist regardless of whether another SPICE netlist file is open in the main design window The netlist will be regenerated each time a simulation is run Any warnings or errors either with respect to generation of the SPICE netlist or the actual simulation process itself will be displayed in the Messages panel A simulation can be run directly from an open SPICE netlist regardless of whether it is part of the project or a free document The nsx file can be edited manually prior to running a simulation from it but care should be taken and indeed you should have good knowledge of SPICE in order to proceed down this path If you do make modifications to the netlist and then close it you should save it under a different name otherwise running a simulation from the schematic will result in the modified file being overwritten when the SPICE netlist is regenerated from the schematic Again any warnings or errors with respect to the actual simulation process itself will be displayed in the Messages panel As the simulation proceeds and the defined and enabled analyses are
36. TIME DELAY 0 RISE TIME amp RISE TIME 4U FALL TIME amp FALL TIME 1U PULSE WIDTH amp PULSE WIDTH 0 PERIOD amp PERIOD 5U amp PHASE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Initial Value voltage amplitude at time zero in Volts Default 0 Pulsed Value maximum amplitude of the output swing in Volts Default 5 Time Delay delay before the source changes from Initial voltage value to Pulsed voltage value in seconds Rise Time the time it takes to rise from Initial voltage value to Pulsed voltage value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 4u Fall Time the time it takes to fall from Pulsed voltage value back to the Initial Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 121 voltage value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 1u Pulse Width the time that th
37. VALUE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value amplitude of the source current in Amps AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis typically 1A AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Notes This source produces a constant current output and is generally used to power the circuit If a value for the DC source current is not specified an error will occur when parsing the circuit to the Simulator If specifying AC criteria the following should be observed If a value for the AC Magnitude is entered a value for the AC Phase MUST also be given otherwise an error will occur when parsing the circuit If a value for the AC Magnitude is omitted but a value for AC Phase is defined the circuit will parse to the Simulator OK but the SPICE netlist will not contain any AC information for the source The simulation ready DC current source component ISRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference
38. Value value for the resistance in Ohms Length length of the resistor in meters Width width of the resistor in meters Default 1e 6 Temperature temperature at which the device is to operate in Degrees Celsius Default 27 C Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of process related parameters that can be stored in the model file directly TC1 first order temperature coefficient in Ohms C Default 0 TC2 second order temperature coefficient in Ohms C2 Default 0 RSH sheet resistance in Ohms DEFW default width in meters this value will be overridden by a value entered for Width in the Sim Model dialog NARROW narrowing due to side etching in meters Default 0 TNOM parameter measurement temperature in C this value will be overridden by a value entered for Temperature in the Sim Model dialog Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 44 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Notes You can specify either a direct value for the resistance OR enter values for the resistors length and width In the case of the latter a value for the resistance will be calculated in conjunction with parameter information stored in the model The equation used to calculate the resistance from geometric data is R RSH L NARROW W NARROW If a direct value for resistance is not specified the model name and length must
39. associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Tangent of Voltage SUBCKT TANV 1 2 BX 2 0 V TAN V 1 ENDS TANV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 432 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the TANV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT TANV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT TANV 1 2 BX 2 0 V TAN V 1 ENDS TANV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 433 Tangent of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name TANVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file TANVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Tangent of Voltage SUBCKT TANVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V TAN V 1 2 ENDS TANVR The resulting v
40. in seconds Default 0 CJO zero bias junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 VJ junction potential in Volts Default 1 M grading coefficient Default 0 5 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 37 EG activation energy in eV Default 1 11 XTI saturation current temp exp Default 3 0 KF flicker noise coefficient Default 0 AF flicker noise exponent Default 1 FC coefficient for forward bias depletion capacitance formula Default 0 5 BV reverse breakdown voltage in Volts Default infinite IBV current at breakdown voltage in Amps Default 1 0e 3 TNOM parameter measurement temperature in C this value will be overridden by a value entered for Temperature in the Sim Model dialog Notes The value for the Initial Voltage only applies if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled in the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The Area Factor affects the following three model parameters saturation current IS ohmic resistance RS zero bias junction capacitance CJO If the Area Factor is omitted a value of 1 0 is assumed The link to the required model file mdl is specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as pa
41. 1 May 20 2005 Sub circuit based models These are models for more complex devices such as operational amplifiers timers crystals etc that have been described using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax A sub circuit consists of SPICE elements that are defined and referenced in a fashion similar to device models There is no limit on the size or complexity of sub circuits and sub circuits can call other sub circuits Each sub circuit is defined in a sub circuit file ckt The following sub circuit based device model examples are covered in this section Crystal Frequency to Voltage Converter Fuse Relay Transformer Equivalent Circuit Model Voltage Controlled Sine Wave Oscillator Voltage Controlled Square Wave Oscillator Voltage Controlled Triangle Wave Oscillator Math Functions Notes The SPICE prefix for theses models is X Many of the component libraries IntLib that come with the installation feature simulation ready devices These devices have the necessary model or sub circuit file included and linked to the schematic component These are pure SPICE models for maximum compatibility with analog simulators Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 241 Crystal Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL PARAMS FREQ FREQ FREQ RS RS RS C C C Q Q Q Paramet
42. 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 285 Addition of Voltages Differential Inputs Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ADDVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ADDVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Add Voltages SUBCKT ADDVR 1 2 3 4 5 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS ADDVR Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 286 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ADDVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OUT 0 ADDVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ADDVR 1 2 3 4 5 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS ADDVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 287 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 288 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Arc Cosine Arc Cosine of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model
43. 20 2005 443 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 444 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Digital models SimCode These are digital device models that have been created using the Digital SimCode language This is a special descriptive language that allows digital devices to be simulated using an extended version of the event driven XSPICE It is a form of the standard XSPICE code model Source SimCode model definitions are stored in an ASCII text file txt Compiled SimCode models are stored in a compiled model file scb Multiple device models can be placed in the same file with each reference by means of a special func parameter The following generic SimCode model is considered in this section TTL and CMOS Logic Components Notes The SPICE prefix for theses models is A All of the SimCode source and compiled model files can be found in the Sim folder of the installation Program Files Altium Library Sim These include the main compiled model files for TTL LS scb and CMOS CMOS scb devices Digital SimCode is a proprietary language devices created with it are not compatible with other simulators nor are digital components created for other simulators compatible with the Altium Designer based mixed signal Simulator Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 445 TTL and CMOS Logic Components Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A SPICE
44. 2E 0 3E 0 OUT_GAIN 1E 2 OUT_OFFSET 0E 0 ENDS MULT The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 205 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 206 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Multiplier Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name MULTR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL PARAMS x_offset x_offset x_offset y_offset y_offset y_offset x_gain x_gain x_gain y_gain y_gain y_gain out_gain out_gain out_gain out_offset out_offset out_offset Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog X_Offset X input offset Default 0 Y_Offset Y input offset Default 0 X_Gain X input gain Default 1 Y_Gain Y input gain Default 1 Out_Gain output gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a two input multiplier with offset and gain adjustment available on both inputs and output It takes the inputs and processes them to obtain the outp
45. 3 Temperature 24 the entry in the netlist would be Schematic Netlist Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 45 RIn INPUT INV RES L 10e 3 W 4e 3 TEMP 24 As long as a value for the sheet resistance RSH has been defined in the model file RES mdl the value for the resistance will be calculated accurately from the geometric data given Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 46 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Resistor Variable Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Resistor Variable SPICE Prefix R SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE SET POSITION Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the resistance in Ohms Set Position the position of the wiper along the resistors track The value can be in the range 0 fully left anti clockwise to 1 fully right clockwise with 0 5 being the halfway point i e the resistors value will be half that specified in the Value field Examples Consider the variable resistor in the image above with the following characteristics Pin1 is connected to net Input Pin2 is connected to net Inv Design
46. 4m 1e 3 6m 1 5e 3 8m 5e 4 10m 2 5e 3 12m 4e 3 14m 1e 4 All other parameters for the model are left at their default values the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 96 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Schematic Netlist I1 0 IN DC 0 PWL 0 1e 4 2m 3e 4 4m 1e 3 6m 1 5e 3 8m 5e 4 10m 2 5e 3 12m 4e 3 14m 1e 4 AC 1 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 97 Pulse Current Source Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Pulse SPICE Prefix I SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE PULSE INITIAL VALUE amp INITIAL VALUE 0 PULSED VALUE amp PULSED VALUE 5 TIME DELAY amp TIME DELAY 0 RISE TIME amp RISE TIME 4U FALL TIME amp FALL TIME 1U PULSE WIDTH amp PULSE WIDTH 0 PERIOD amp PERIOD 5U amp PHASE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1
47. 6 limit_range 0 1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 198 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 199 Limiter Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name LIMIT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR LIMIT MODEL DESIGNATOR LIMIT limit in_offset in_offset in_offset gain gain gain out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit limit_range limit_range limit_range fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Default 0 Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Default 1 Limit_Range upper and lower smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Fraction used to control whether the is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default FALS
48. 6131s 1 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 224 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 AU1 vd IN1 IN2 vd OUT 0 AU1SXFER MODEL AU1SXFER s_xfer num_coeff 1 den_coeff 1 2 6131 3 4142 2 6131 1 int_ic 0 0 0 0 0 denormalized_freq 18849 5559 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running an AC Small Signal analysis of the circuit By plotting the magnitude response in dBs the corner frequency can be seen more clearly Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 225 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 226 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Slew Rate Slew Rate Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name SLEW SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR SLEW MODEL DESIGNATOR SLEW slew rise_slope rise_slope rise_slope fall_slope fall_slope fall_slope Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Rise_Slope maximum rising slope value Default 1 0e9 Fall_Slope maximum falling slope value Default 1 0e9 Notes
49. 75 TT 5 76E 6 CJO 1 85E 11 VJ 0 75 M 0 333 BV 100 IBV 1E 5 In this case the SPICE engine would use this information in conjunction with the indicated parameters defined in the model file and any defaults for parameters not specified Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 39 Inductor Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Inductor SPICE Prefix L SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE INITIAL CURRENT IC INITIAL CURRENT Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the inductance in Henrys Initial Current time zero current flowing through inductor in Amps Notes The value for the Initial Current only applies if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled in the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Examples Consider the inductor in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net Vin Pin2 negative is connected to net Vfw Designator is L1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 40 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Value 10 mH the entry in the SPICE netlist would b
50. BX 3 4 V ATANH V 1 2 ENDS ATANHVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 360 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 361 Hyperbolic Cosine Hyperbolic Cosine of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSHI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file COSHI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic cosine of Current SUBCKT COSHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I COSH I VX ENDS COSHI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 362 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSHI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 COSHI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT COSHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I COSH I VX ENDS COSHI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient an
51. Fraction parameter set to TRUE it is expressed as the calculated fraction of the difference between cntl_upper and cntl_lower Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 145 Consider the controlled limiter in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive cntl_upper is connected to net Vuppos Pin4 negative cntl_upper is connected to net Vupneg Pin5 positive cntl_lower is connected to net Vlowpos Pin6 negative cntl_lower is connected to net Vlowneg Pin7 positive output is connected to net Out Pin8 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 Gain 3 All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN1 IN2 vd VUPPOS VUPNEG vd VLOWPOS VLOWNEG vd OUT 0 AU1CLIMIT MODEL AU1CLIMIT climit gain 3 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 146 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 147 Controlled One Shot Controlled One Shot Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor S
52. IN1 IN2 OUT AU1DIVIDE MODEL AU1DIVIDE divide The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 171 Divider Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name DIVIDE SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 vd 5 6 DESIGNATOR DIVIDE MODEL DESIGNATOR DIVIDE divide num_offset num_offset num_offset num_gain num_gain num_gain den_offset den_offset den_offset den_gain den_gain den_gain den_lower_limit den_lower_limit den_lower_limit den_domain den_domain den_domain fraction fraction fraction out_gain out_gain out_gain out_offset out_offset out_offset Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Num_Offset numerator offset Default 0 Num_Gain numerator gain Default 1 Den_Offset denominator offset Default 0 Den_Gain denominator gain Default 1 Den_Lower_Limit denominator lower limit Default 1 0e 10 Den_Domain denominator smoothing domain Default 1 0e 1
53. Inductance B value for the inductance of discrete inductor B in Henrys Coupling Factor the coupling coefficient representing the flux linkage between the windings of the two individual inductors Permissible values lie in the range 0 lt CF 1 where 1 the ideal means all flux linking inductor A also links inductor B Examples Consider the transformer in the above image which uses a coupled inductor model and has the following characteristics The positive pin of the Primary is connected to net Vin2 The negative pin of the Primary is connected to net GND Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 34 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The positive pin of the secondary is connected to net Vout2 The negative pin of the secondary is connected to net GND Designator is T1 Inductance A 1 mH Inductance B 1 mH Coupling Factor 0 5 the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist LA_KT1 VIN2 0 1mH LB_KT1 VOUT2 0 1mH KT1 LA_KT1 LB_KT1 0 5 Placing a transformer with a coupled inductor model is probably the simplest and quickest way of adding a coupled inductor to your source schematic However should you wish to place individual inductors in the schematic design and couple them the required information for the SPICE netlist can be readily supplied through the use of a Text Frame Simply place a text frame in the schematic document and ensure that the first l
54. Kind Transmission Line Model Sub Kind Lossy SPICE Prefix O SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level It is not possible to pass parameter information directly from the schematic component The parameters must be defined in the associated model file Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the model file directly R resistance per unit length in Ohms unit Default 0 L inductance per unit length in Henrys unit Default 0 G conductance per unit length in mhos unit Default 0 C capacitance per unit length in Farads unit Default 0 LEN length of transmission line REL breakpoint control in arbitrary units Default 1 ABS breakpoint control in arbitrary units Default 1 NOSTEPLIMIT a flag that when set will remove the restriction of limiting time steps to less than the line delay Default not set NOCONTROL a flag that when set prevents limiting of the time step based on convolution error criteria Default not set LININTERP a flag that when set will use linear interpolation instead of the default quadratic interpolation for calculation of delayed signals Default not set MIXEDINTERP a flag that when set uses a metric for determining whether quadratic interpolation is applicable and i
55. LTRA transmission line s past history of input voltages and currents Disabled VNTOL Sets the absolute voltage tolerance of the program in Volts 1 000u Notes In general you should not have to change any of the advanced SPICE parameters in this page of the dialog for accurate simulation Only change these options if you have a good understanding of SPICE simulation parameters When troubleshooting Transient analysis failure try setting ABSTOL RELTOL lowest current magnitude in the circuit VNTOL RELTOL lowest voltage magnitude in the circuit Raising the value of GMIN may help with convergence but decreases accuracy ITL1 may need to be raised as high as 500 for many circuits ITL2 may need to be raised as high as 200 for some circuits ITL3 is not implemented in SPICE3 It is provided for compatibility in creating SPICE2 netlists Raising ITL4 to 100 or more may help to eliminate timestep too small errors improving both convergence and speed ITL5 is not implemented in SPICE3 It is provided for compatibility in creating SPICE2 netlists Enabling the KEEPOPINFO option is useful if the circuit is large and you do not want to run a redundant Operating Point Analysis In the numerical pivoting algorithm the allowed min pivot is determined by EPSREL AMAX1 PIVREL MAXVAL PIVTOL where MAXVAL is the max element in the column where a pivot is sought partial pivoting With respect to the REL
56. MULTI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file MULTI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Multiply Currents SUBCKT MULTI 1 2 3 4 5 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS MULTI Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 386 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above which uses math function components to implement the trigonometric base equation Sin2 I Cos2 I 1 With respect to the MULTI components the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XMcos2 NetMcos2_1 NetMcos2_2 NetMcos2_2 0 NetMcos2_5 0 MULTI XMsin2 SIN NetMsin2_2 NetMsin2_2 0 NetMsin2_5 0 MULTI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT MULTI 1 2 3 4 5 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS MULTI The effect of the functions can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 387 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 388 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Multiplication of Voltages Single Ended Inputs Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPIC
57. Model Name ASINHI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ASINHI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc sine of Current SUBCKT ASINHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ASINH I VX ENDS ASINHI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 346 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINHI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 ASINHI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ASINHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ASINH I VX ENDS ASINHI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 347 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 348 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Hyperbolic Arc Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ASINHV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level
58. Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered either in the Sim Model dialog where available or directly in the model file The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 58 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the MESFET in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 Drain is connected to net D Pin2 Gate is connected to net G Pin3 Source is connected to net S Designator is Q1 The linked simulation model file is NMESFET mdl If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist ZQ1 D G S NMESFET Models and Subcircuit MODEL NMESFET NMF LEVEL 6 In this case there are no parameter values specified in both the Sim Model dialog and the model file The SPICE engine would therefore use the parameter default values inherent to the model Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 59 Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor MOSFET Model Kind Transistor Model Sub Kind MOSFET SPICE Prefix M SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 3 M
59. N1 VN 0 02uF Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 31 Capacitor Semiconductor Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Capacitor Semiconductor SPICE Prefix C SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 amp VALUE amp MODEL LENGTH L LENGTH WIDTH W WIDTH INITIAL VOLTAGE IC INITIAL VOLTAGE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the capacitance in Farads Length length of the capacitor in meters Width width of the capacitor in meters Default 1e 6 Initial Voltage time zero voltage of capacitor in Volts Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of process related parameters that can be stored in the model file directly CJ junction bottom capacitance in F meters2 CJSW junction sidewall capacitance in F meters DEFW default width in meters this value will be overridden by a value entered for Width in the Sim Model dialog NARROW narrowing due to side etching in meters Default 0 Notes The value for the Initial Voltage only applies if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled in the Transient Fou
60. Name ACOSI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ACOSI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc cosine of Current SUBCKT ACOSI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ACOS I VX ENDS ACOSI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 289 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 ACOSI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ACOSI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ACOS I VX ENDS ACOSI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 290 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 291 Arc Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ACOSV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the
61. Properties dialog Ratio turns ratio secondary primary Rp resistance of primary winding in Ohms Rs resistance of secondary winding in Ohms Leak leakage inductance in Henrys Mag magnetizing inductance in Henrys Notes A transformer is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of a transformer open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line SPICE does not support parameterized sub circuits To cater for this the Netlister pre evaluates the formulae contained within a sub circuit file and enters the results directly into the netlist To distinguish between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1
62. Q Q Consider also that the crystal has designator Y1 is connected between nets N1 and N2 and has specific user defined values for its FREQ and Q parameters of 10MEGHz and 10000 respectively The Netlist Preview tab will show XY1 N1 N2 3 5795MHZ PARAMS FREQ 10MEGHZ Q 10000 The true entry in the XSPICE netlist will not feature these parameter entries rather the Netlister will amend the model name to be unique for this parameter definition XY1 N1 N2 3 5795MHZ 0 If you are in the Schematic Library Editor or the document project has not been compiled the net names that the model pins map to will not be available In this case the schematic pin designators are inserted enclosed in lt gt braces Any errors that occur while parsing user defined entries in the Netlist Template will also be displayed so that any errors can be resolved prior to exiting the dialog Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 28 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 SPICE3f5 models These are predefined analog device models that are built in to SPICE They cover the following common analog component types General Capacitor Capacitor Semiconductor Coupled Inductors Diode Inductor Potentiometer Resistor Resistor Semiconductor Resistor Variable Transistors Bipolar Junction Transistor BJT Junction Field Effect Transistor JFET Metal Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor MESFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field
63. SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ABSI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Absolute value of Current SUBCKT ABSI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ABS I VX ENDS ABSI Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 272 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ABSI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 ABSI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ABSI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ABS I VX ENDS ABSI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 273 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 274 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Absolute Value of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ABSV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ABSV ckt associated with this model is shown below The fo
64. SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 UNARYI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT UNARYI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I I VX ENDS UNARYI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 438 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 439 Unary Minus of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The model for this device is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax The simulation ready component UNARYVR can be found in the Simulation Math Function integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Math Function IntLib The linked simulation sub circuit file is UNARYVR ckt with the following content Unary of Voltage SUBCKT UNARYVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V V 1 2 ENDS UNARYVR Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 440 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the UNARYV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist
65. Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name DIVVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file DIVVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Divide Voltages SUBCKT DIVVR 1 2 3 4 5 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS DIVVR Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 327 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the DIVVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XMDiv SIN 0 COS 0 TAN 0 DIVVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT DIVVR 1 2 3 4 5 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS DIVVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 328 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 329 Exponential Exponential of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name EXPI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit fi
66. TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference Summary Technical Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 This comprehensive reference describes the simulation models and types of analyses available using Altium Designer s Mixed Signal Circuit Simulator This reference details the simulation models and circuit simulation analyses and describes some simulation troubleshooting techniques Simulation Models The Altium Designer based Circuit Simulator is a true mixed signal simulator meaning that it can analyze circuits that include both analog and digital devices The Simulator uses an enhanced version of the event driven XSPICE developed by the Georgia Tech Research Institute GTRI which itself is based on Berkeley s SPICE3 code It is fully SPICE3f5 compatible The models supported by the Simulator can be effectively grouped into the following categories SPICE3f5 analog models These are predefined analog device models that are built in to SPICE They cover the various common analog component types such as resistors capacitors and inductors as well as voltage and current sources transmission lines and switches The five most common semiconductor devices are also modeled diodes BJTs JFETs MESFETs and MOSFETs A large number of model files mdl are also included that define the behavior of specific instances of these devices XSPICE analog models These are predefined analog device
67. TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 83 Examples Consider the DC voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net N1 Pin2 negative is connected to net VEE Designator is IEE Value 10 16E 6 No AC parameters are specified the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist IEE N1 VEE 10 16E 6 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 84 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Exponential Current Source Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Exponential SPICE Prefix I SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE EXP INITIAL VALUE amp INITIAL VALUE 0 PULSED VALUE amp PULSED VALUE 5 RISE DELAY TIME amp RISE DELAY TIME 1U RISE TIME CONSTANT amp RISE TIME CONSTANT 700N FALL DELAY TIME amp FALL DELAY TIME 2U amp FALL TIME CONSTANT AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis D
68. This model provides a simple slew rate feature that limits the absolute rising and falling slope of the output with respect to time to a defined value The values for the Rise_Slope and Fall_Slope parameters are specified in units of Vs 1 or As 1 For example to enter a slew rate of 0 05V us the entry would be 0 5e7 The function will raise or lower the output value until the difference between the input and output is zero It will then follow the input until the rise or fall slope limits are again exceeded The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 227 Examples Consider the slew rate function in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 in is connected to net OutPulse Pin2 out is connected to net OutSlew Designator is U2 Rise_Slope 0 5e7 Fall_Slope 0 5e7 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU2 OUTPULSE OUTSLEW AU2SLEW MODEL AU2SLEW slew rise_slope 0 5e7 fall_slope 0 5e7 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 228 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 229 Slew Rate Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Gene
69. Transmission Delay is specified directly eg TD 10ns a value for the frequency is specified together with a value for the Normalised Length If a frequency is specified but a value for the Normalised Length is omitted then 0 25 is assumed that is the frequency is assumed to be the quarter wave frequency Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 73 The values for Port 1 and Port 2 Initial Voltages and Currents only apply if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled in the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The simulation ready lossless transmission line component LLTRA can be found in the Simulation Transmission Line integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Transmission Line IntLib Examples Consider the lossless transmission line in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive node of Port 1 is connected to net IN Pin2 negative node of Port 1 is connected to net GND Pin3 positive node of Port 2 is connected to net OUT Pin4 negative node of Port 2 is connected to net GND Designator is LLTR1 Char Impedance 50 Ohms Transmission Delay 20 ns the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist TLLTR1 IN 0 OUT 0 Z0 50 TD 20NS Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 74 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Lossy Transmission Line Model
70. V ACOS V 1 2 ENDS ACOSVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 294 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 ACOSVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ACOSVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ACOS V 1 2 ENDS ACOSVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 295 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 296 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Arc Sine Arc Sine of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ASINI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ASINI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc sine of Current SUBCKT ASINI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ASIN I VX ENDS ASINI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 297 Ex
71. X DIVVR Division of voltages differential inputs DIVVR DIVVR ckt X EXPI Exponential of current EXPI EXPI ckt X EXPV Exponential of voltage single ended input EXPV EXPV ckt X Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 8 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix EXPVR Exponential of voltage differential input EXPVR EXPVR ckt X LNI Natural logarithm of current LNI LNI ckt X LNV Natural logarithm of voltage single ended input LNV LNV ckt X LNVR Natural logarithm of voltage differential input LNVR LNVR ckt X LOGI Logarithm of current LOGI LOGI ckt X LOGV Logarithm of voltage single ended input LOGV LOGV ckt X LOGVR Logarithm of voltage differential input LOGVR LOGVR ckt X MULTI Multiplication of currents MULTI MULTI ckt X MULTV Multiplication of voltages single ended input MULTV MULTV ckt X MULTVR Multiplication of voltages differential input MULTVR MULTVR ckt X SINHI Hyperbolic sine of current SINHI SINHI ckt X SINHV Hyperbolic sine of voltage single ended input SINHV SINHV ckt X SINHVR Hyperbolic sine of voltage differential input SINHVR SINHVR ckt X SINI Sine of current SINI SINI ckt X SINV Sine of voltage single ended input SINV SINV ckt X SINVR Sine of voltage differential input SINVR SINVR ckt X SQRTI Square root of current SQRTI SQRTI ckt
72. and imaginary components of the total s domain transfer function at each frequency of interest The int_ic parameter is an array that must be the same size as the array of values specified for the den_coeff parameter For example if there are three coefficient entries defined in the den_coeff parameter then the int_ic parameter must also have three entries using spaces as separators By default this parameter has the value 0 The size of the array is not initialized by default This means that if the den_coeff parameter has more than one coefficient the int_ic parameter will still only have the single entry 0 if used in its default mode The mismatch in array sizes will cause errors when trying to run the simulation If you intend to use the default value for int_ic you must enter this value the required number of times such that the number of entries match the number of coefficient entries in den_coeff For example if den_coeff had the entries 1 9087 1 4325 0 28783 and you wished to use the default value 0 for int_ic then you would need to enter the following for the int_ic parameter value 0 0 0 The provision of the denormalized_freq parameter allows you the freedom to either specify the transfer function for a normalized 1 rad s filter and then enter the frequency of interest effectively scaling the filter after the normalized coefficients have been defined The frequency must be entered in radians second spec
73. and its default value is 1 0e 12 mhos Notes Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 67 The model allows an almost ideal switch to be described With careful selection of the ON and OFF resistances they can effectively be seen as zero and infinity respectively in comparison with other elements in the circuit The use of an ideal highly non linear element such as a switch can cause large discontinuities to occur in the circuit node voltages The rapid state change caused by opening and closing a switch can cause numerical round off or tolerance problems leading to time step difficulties or erroneous results When using switches take the following precautions Set switch impedances RON and ROFF just high or low enough to be negligible with respect to other elements When modeling real devices such as MOSFETS set the on resistance to a realistic level for the size of the device being modeled If a wide range of ON to OFF resistance must be used ROFF RON gt 1e 12 then the error tolerance during transient analysis should be decreased Set the TRTOL parameter in the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog to 1 When a switch is placed around a capacitor then the CHGTOL parameter should also be reduced try 1e 16 The link to the required model file mdl is specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this
74. be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 LOGI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT LOGI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I LOG I VX ENDS LOGI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 379 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 380 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Logarithm of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name LOGV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file LOGV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Logarithm of Voltage SUBCKT LOGV 1 2 BX 2 0 V LOG V 1 ENDS LOGV Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 381 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LOGV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT LOGV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT LOGV 1 2 BX 2 0 V LOG V 1 ENDS LOGV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of
75. be set to R_Out_Source or R_Out_Sink respectively Rout will be interpolated smoothly between R_Out_Source and R_Out_Sink under the following condition R_Out_Domain lt VEq Vout gt R_Out_Domain Examples Consider the current limiter in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive pos_pwr input is connected to net Vpospwr Pin4 negative pos_pwr input is connected to net Vpospwr Pin5 positive neg_pwr input is connected to net Vnegpwr Pin6 negative neg_pwr input is connected to net Vnegpwr pin7 positive output is connected to net Out Pin8 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 Gain 2 I_Limit_Source 3mA I_Limit_Sink 3mA Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 162 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN1 IN2 gd VPOSPWR VPOSPWR gd VNEGPWR VNEGPWR gd NetIout_1 0 AU1ILIMIT MODEL AU1ILIMIT ilimit gain 2 i_limit_source 3mA i_limit_sink 3mA The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 163
76. correctly set 9 Temporarily eliminate series capacitors or current sources and re run the simulation 10 Temporarily eliminate parallel inductors or voltage sources and re run the simulation 11 On the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog from the schematic select Design Simulate Mixed Sim then click the Advanced Options entry in the Analyses Options list increase the value of the ITL1 parameter to 300 This will allow the Operating Point analysis to go through more iterations before giving up 12 Add NS Nodeset devices to define the node voltages If the initial guess of a node voltage is way off the NS device can be used to predefine a starting voltage that is used for a preliminary pass of the operating point analysis 13 If the Nodeset device does not assist in convergence try defining the initial conditions by placing IC devices In this case the node voltages are held at the specified values during the Operating Point analysis then released during the Transient analysis 14 Enable the Use Initial Conditions option on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog from the schematic select Design Simulate Mixed Sim then click the Transient Fourier Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list This option works in conjunction with the IC devices or the IC parameter of the components By setting this option the Operating Point analysis is not performed and the specified
77. current is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 354 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANHI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 ATANHI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ATANHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ATANH I VX ENDS ATANHI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 355 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 356 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Hyperbolic Arc Tangent of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANHV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ATANHV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc tangent of Voltage SUBCKT ATANHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ATANH V 1 ENDS ATANHV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 357 Consider
78. devices as can be seen from the Netlist template The first is a 0V voltage source which acts as an ammeter to measure the current input and then the actual current controlled current source that references it The direction of positive controlling current flow is from the positive node through the source to the negative node of the 0V voltage source The characteristic equation for this source is i fi where f is the current gain Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 81 The simulation ready current controlled current source component FSRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the current controlled current source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net N7 Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net N10 Pin3 positive output node is connected to net GND Pin4 negative output node is connected to net N11 Designator is FLIM Gain 1 the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist VFLIM N7 N10 0V FLIM 0 N11 VFLIM 1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 82 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 DC Current Source Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind DC Source SPICE Prefix I SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2
79. double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Equation expression defining the source waveform Notes Standard SPICE non linear dependant voltage source This source is sometimes called an Equation defined source as the output is defined by a user defined equation often referencing voltages at other nodes in the circuit The voltage waveform is described by V expression where expression is the user defined equation entered in the corresponding Equation parameter field The following standard functions can be used to create the expression ABS absolute value function ABS x returns the value of x LN natural logarithm function where LN e 1 SQRT square root function LOG log base 10 function Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 115 EXP exponential function EXP x returns the value of e raised to the power of x where e is the base of the natural logarithms SIN sine function ASIN arc sine function ASINH hyperbolic arc sine function SINH hyperbolic sine function COS cosine function ACOS arc cosine function ACOSH hyperbolic arc cosine function COSH hyperbolic cosine function TAN tangent function ATAN arc tangent function ATANH hyperbolic arc tangent function U unit
80. equivalent parallel devices of the specified model This setting affects a number of parameters in the model Starting Condition set to OFF to set terminal voltages to zero during operating point analysis Can be useful as an aid in convergence Initial D S Voltage time zero voltage across Drain Source terminals in Volts Initial G S Voltage time zero voltage across Gate Source terminals in Volts Temperature temperature at which the device is to operate in Degrees Celsius Default 27 Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the model file directly VTO threshold voltage VTO in Volts Default 2 0 BETA transconductance parameter in A V2 Default 1 0e 4 LAMBDA channel length modulation parameter in 1 V Default 0 RD drain ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 RS source ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 53 CGS zero bias G S junction capacitance CGS in Farads Default 0 CGD zero bias G D junction capacitance CGD in Farads Default 0 PB gate junction potential in Volts Default 1 IS gate junction saturation current IS in Amps Default 1 0e 14 B doping tail parameter Default 1 KF flicker noise coefficient Default 0 AF flicker noise exponent Default 1
81. file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered either in the Sim Model dialog where available or directly in the model file The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value The simulation ready current controlled switch component ISW can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 68 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Consider the current controlled switch in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net IN Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND Pin3 positive output node is connected to net NetRLY1_4 pin 4 of RLY1 Pin4 negative output node is connected to net IN Designator is S1 Initial Condition of switch is OFF open contact The linked simulation model file is ISW mdl The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist VWS1 NetRLY1_4 IN 0V WS1 IN 0 VWS1 ISW OFF Models and Subcircuit MODEL ISW CSW The SPICE engine would use the value for the Initial Condition specified in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog As there are no parameter values specified in th
82. for the voltage at each node the current in each supply and the current and power in each device Node Voltage Supply Current and Subcircuit VARs saves data for the voltage at each node the current sourced from each supply and the voltages currents calculated in subcircuit variables Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 451 Active Signals saves results ONLY for signals shown in the Active Signals list Use this option when you want to minimize the size of the result file Signals are restricted to node voltages and supply currents Specifying simulation data to be displayed When setting up a simulation you can choose which variables are automatically displayed in the Sim Data Editor s Waveform Analysis window after the analyses have been done The Available Signals region of the page shows a list of all available circuit signals that can be plotted Which signals are available is determined by the type of data that is being collected and saved in the result document set in the Collect Data For field To have a signal automatically plotted in the Waveform Analysis window select the signal in the Available Signals list and click the gt button to move the signal into the Active Signals list Double clicking on a signal moves it from one list to the other You can select multiple signals in a list by clicking and dragging the mouse over the signal list or using the SHIFT and CTRL keys whil
83. in an AC Small Signal Analysis Notes This source produces a constant DC voltage output and is generally used to power the circuit If a value for the DC source voltage is not specified an error will occur when parsing the circuit to the Simulator If specifying AC criteria the following should be observed If a value for the AC Magnitude is entered a value for the AC Phase MUST also be given otherwise an error will occur when parsing the circuit If a value for the AC Magnitude is omitted but a value for AC Phase is defined the circuit will parse to the Simulator OK but the SPICE netlist will not contain any AC information for the source The simulation ready DC voltage source component VSRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 108 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the DC voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net N14 Pin2 negative is connected to net GND Designator is VB Value 0V No AC parameters are specified the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist VB N14 0 0V Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 109 Exponential Voltage Source Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Exponential SP
84. instance of time IIV is the initial value of the current IPV is the pulsed value of the current tTD is the Time Delay tRT is the Rise Time tPW is the Pulse Width and tFT is the Fall Time The value for the current at intermediate values of time is calculated using linear interpolation The simulation ready pulse current source component IPULSE can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the pulse current source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net GND Pin2 negative is connected to net CP Designator is ICP Pulsed Value 5m Time Delay 0 Rise Time 1u Pulse Width 500u Period 1000u All other parameters for the model are left at their default values the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist ICP 0 CP DC 0 PULSE 0 5m 0 1u 1u 500u 1000u AC 1 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 100 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Sinusoidal Current Source Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Sinusoidal SPICE Prefix I SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE SIN OFFSET amp OFFSET 0 AMPLITUDE amp AMPLITUDE 1 FREQUENCY amp FREQUENCY 1K DELAY amp DELAY 0 DAMPING FACTOR amp DAMPING FACTOR 0 amp PH
85. integrated libraries supplied as part of the Altium Designer installation a great number of schematic components are simulation ready This means they have a linked simulation model and are ready with default parameters to be placed on a schematic sheet with a view to circuit simulation using the Altium Designer based Mixed Signal Simulator Simulation ready schematic components fall into two categories those supplied specifically for simulation or as part of a generic default set of such components and those that are part of integrated libraries supplied by a specific manufacturer The following drop down sections provide a full listing of the non manufacturer specific simulation ready schematic components that are supplied as part of the installation Simulation Sources The following schematic components can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix IC Initial Condition ControlStatement Not Required None NS Node Set ControlStatement Not Required None BISRC Non Linear Dependent Current Source NLDS Not Required B BVSRC Non Linear Dependent Voltage Source NLDS Not Required B DSEQ Data Sequencer with clock output xsourcesub XSourceSub ckt X DSEQ2 Data Sequencer xsourcesub2 XSourceSub2 ckt X ESRC Voltage Controlled Voltage Source VCVS Not Required E
86. is the noise measured in Volts squared per Hertz V2 Hz Capacitors inductors and controlled sources are treated as noise free The following noise measurements can be made Output Noise the noise measured at a specified output node Input Noise the amount of noise that if injected at the input would cause the calculated noise at the output For example if the output noise is 10p and the circuit has a gain of 10 then it would take 1p of noise at the input to measure 10p of noise at the output Thus the equivalent input noise is 1p Component Noise the output noise contribution of each component in the circuit The total output noise is the sum of individual noise contributions of resistors and semiconductor devices Each of these components contributes a certain amount of noise which is multiplied by the gain from that component s position to the circuit s output Thus the same component can contribute different amounts of noise to the output depending on its location in the circuit Setup Noise analysis is set up on the Noise Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Noise Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list The default setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 470 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Parameters Noise Source an independent voltage source in the circuit which is to be used as an inp
87. level The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Examples Consider the hysteresis function in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 In_Low 3V In_High 3V Out_Lower_Limit 5V Out_Upper_Limit 5V All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 185 Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN1 IN2 vd OUT 0 AU1HYST MODEL AU1HYST hyst in_low 3 in_high 3 out_lower_limit 5 out_upper_limit 5 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 186 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Inductance Meter Inductance Meter Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name LMETER SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR LMETER MODEL DESIGNATOR LMETER lmeter gain gain gain Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type a
88. noise at this node If the Points Per Summary parameter had been set to 1 instead of 0 the output noise contribution of each applicable component in the circuit would have been measured and the corresponding waveforms for each made available in the Sim Data panel ready for use in the Waveform Analysis window Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 473 Pole Zero Analysis Description Pole Zero analysis enables you to determine the stability of a single input single output linear system by calculating the poles and or zeros in the small signal ac transfer function for the circuit The dc operating point of the circuit is found and then linearized small signal models for all non linear devices in the circuit are determined This circuit is then used to find the poles and zeros that satisfy the nominated transfer function The transfer function can either be Voltage Gain output voltage input voltage or Impedance output voltage input current Setup Pole Zero analysis is set up on the Pole Zero Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Pole Zero Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list The default setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below Parameters Input Node the positive input node for the circuit Input Reference Node the reference node for the input of the circuit Default 0 GND Output Node
89. of the space This will be replaced in the netlist with the value of the AC Phase parameter If there is no parameter of this name or its value is blank then an error will be given amp Area If a parameter named Area exists and has a value then it s value will be entered into the netlist If the parameter is undefined i e either it does not exist or has no value assigned then nothing will be written to the netlist but no error will be raised This can be used for optional parameters Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 26 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 IC IC IC If the parameter named IC is defined then the text within the separators will be inserted into the netlist For example if the parameter IC had value 0 5 then IC 0 5 would be inserted into the netlist in place of this entry If the parameter is undefined then nothing will be inserted into the netlist IC IC IC IC 0 This is the same as the previous example except that if the parameter IC is undefined then IC 0 will be inserted into the netlist Note also that a different separator character has been used VALUE 1k If a parameter named VALUE is NOT defined then the text 1k will be inserted into the netlist VALUE 1k VALUE This is the same as the previous example except that if the parameter VALUE is defined then its text value will be inserted into the netlist AC Magnitude AC AC Magnitude AC Phase This example can be seen in the prede
90. on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog to Active Signals With this option data is only calculated for variables currently listed in the Active Signals list Normally you would use a Temperature Sweep to vary the temperature for simulation However temperature can also be varied in the Parameter Sweep This is useful if you want to vary the temperature as either the primary or secondary parameter in a two parameter sweep Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 485 As running a Parameter Sweep actually performs multiple passes of the analysis varying one or more circuit parameters with each pass there is a special identifier used when displaying the waveforms in the Sim Data Editor s Waveform Analysis window Each pass is identified by adding a letter and number as a suffix to the waveform name For a Parameter Sweep the letter used is p and the number used identifies which pass the waveform relates to e g Output_p1 Output_p2 etc When you click on a waveform name in the Waveform Analysis window the values used for the parameters in that pass of the sweep are displayed Examples Consider the circuit in the image above where AC Small Signal and Transient analyses are to be performed in conjunction with the use of the Parameter Sweep feature The Parameter Sweep is defined with the following parameter values Primary Sweep Variable RF resistance Primary Start Value 50
91. overrides an IC object attached to a net Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The simulation results are displayed on the Transient Analysis tab of the Waveform Analysis window Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 455 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above where a Transient analysis is defined with the following parameter values Transient Start Time 0 000 Transient Stop Time 100 0u Transient Step Time 500 0n Transient Max Step Time 1 000u Default Cycles Displayed 5 Default Points Per Cycle 50 Use Initial Conditions and Use Transient Defaults parameters are both disabled The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses TRAN 5E 7 0 0001 0 1E 6 and running the simulation will yield the output waveforms shown in the image below Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 456 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 457 Fourier Analysis Description The Fourier analysis of a design is based on the last cycle of transient data captured during a Transient analysis For example if the fundamental frequency is 1 0kHz then the transient data from the last 1ms cycle would be used for the Fourier analysis Setup Fourier analysis is set up on the Transient Fo
92. parameters of the sub circuit file parsed to this model Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the supplied 2 input summer open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line To distinguish between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc Examples Consider the summer in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 in_a is connected to net In1 Pin2 in_b is connected to net In2 Pin3 out is connected to net Out Designator is U1 X_Offset 2V X_Gain 4 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 234 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Y_Offset 4V Y_Gain 4 Out_Gain 0 1 Out_Offset 2 4V The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XU1 IN1 IN2 OUT SUM 0 Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SUM 0 1 2 3 A1 1 2 3 SUM1 MODEL SUM1 SUMMER IN_OFFSET 2E 0 4E 0 IN_GAIN 4E 0 4E 0 OUT_GAIN 1E 1 OUT_OFFSET 2 4E 0 ENDS SUM The effect of the function ca
93. performed a simulation waveform file sdf will open as a separate tab in the main design window to display the results of the analyses in the Sim Data Editor s Waveform Analysis window General Analysis Setup Options General setup options with respect to running a circuit simulation are defined on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog This is the default page whenever the dialog is launched To get back to this page from the setup page of another analysis type simply click the General Setup entry in the Analyses Options list Use the Sheets to Netlist field to specify which schematic sheets should be included in the SPICE netlist that is passed to the Simulator You can choose to run a simulation on the active schematic sheet or the entire set of source schematics in the active project Specifying simulation data to be collected Because an enormous amount of data can be collected during a simulation you can specify which points on the circuit and what type of data you wish to save as simulation results The data to be saved is specified in the Collect Data For field The following options are available Node Voltage and Supply Current saves data for the voltage at each node and the current in each supply Node Voltage Supply and Device Current saves data for the voltage at each node and the current in each supply and each device Node Voltage Supply Current Device Current and Power saves data
94. rise_delay 40u The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 155 Current Limiter Current Limiter Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name ILIMIT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 DESIGNATOR ILIMIT MODEL DESIGNATOR ILIMIT ilimit in_offset in_offset in_offset gain gain gain r_out_source r_out_source r_out_source r_out_sink r_out_sink r_out_sink i_limit_source i_limit_source i_limit_sink i_limit_sink v_pwr_range v_pwr_range v_pwr_range i_source_range i_source_range i_source_range i_sink_range i_sink_range i_sink_range r_out_domain r_out_domain r_out_domain Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 R_Out_Source sourcing resistance The value entered must lie in the range 1 0e 9 to 1 0e9 Default 1 R_Out_Sink sinking resistance The value entered must lie in the range 1 0e 9 to 1 0e9 Default 1 Simulation
95. simulation model to a schematic component For all other General model sub kinds you can effectively change to Generic Editor and edit the predefined template massaging it to your own requirements When defining the Netlist Template the information entered should be in accordance with the requirements of SPICE3f5 XSPICE and the syntax rules described below Netlist Template Syntax Characters that are entered into the template are written to the XSPICE netlist verbatim except for the following special characters percent sign commercial at amp ampersand question mark tilde number sign These characters are translated when creating the netlist as shown in the following table Syntax in Netlist Template Netlister replaces with lt param gt Value of lt param gt An error is raised if a parameter of this name does not exist or if there is no value assigned to it amp lt param gt Value of lt param gt No error is raised if the parameter is undefined lt param gt s s Text between s s separators if lt param gt is defined lt param gt s ss s Text between first s s separators if lt param gt is defined else the second s s separators Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 25 Syntax in Netlist Template Netlister replaces with lt param gt s s Text between s s separators if lt param gt is NOT defined lt
96. single ended voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 135 Examples Consider the capacitance meter in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 input is connected to net NetC1_2 Pin2 output is connected to net Out Designator is U1 Gain 10 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 NetC1_2 OUT AU1CMETER MODEL AU1CMETER cmeter gain 10 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 136 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 137 Capacitance Meter Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name CMETER SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR CMETER MODEL DESIGNATOR CMETER cmeter gain gain gain Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain gain default 1 Notes This is a sensing device which is attached to a node in the circuit and produc
97. step function Returns a value of 1 for arguments greater than 0 and a value of 0 for arguments less than 0 URAMP unit ramp function Integral of the unit step for an input x the value is 0 if x is less than 0 or if x is greater than 0 the value is x The following standard operators are supported addition operator subtraction operator multiplication operator division operator power operator y x returns the value of y raised to the power of x unary unary minus operator unary x returns x To reference in an equation the voltage at a node in your circuit you must first name the node in the schematic using a Net Label You then use the name defined in the Net field of the Net Label s properties to reference the node using the following syntax V Net references the voltage at node Net For example if you have a node in your circuit labeled with a Net Label called IN then the following would be valid entries in the Equation parameter field of the source Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 116 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 V IN 3 COS V IN By default the node is referenced to the Spice Reference Net Name specified in the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog This is GND by default You can include a different reference node directly in the equation using the following syntax V netlabel1 netlabel2 For example LN COS LOG V NetLabel1 N
98. sub circuit file ACOSV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc cosine of Voltage SUBCKT ACOSV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ACOS V 1 ENDS ACOSV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 292 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ACOSV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ACOSV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ACOS V 1 ENDS ACOSV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 293 Arc Cosine of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ACOSVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ACOSVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc cosine of Voltage SUBCKT ACOSVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4
99. syntax Within the sub circuit definition the XSPICE Multiplier model is called and the parameters of the sub circuit file parsed to this model Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the supplied 2 input multiplier open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line To distinguish between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc Examples Consider the multiplier in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 in_a is connected to net In1 Pin2 in_b is connected to net In2 Pin3 out is connected to net Out Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 204 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Designator is U1 X_Gain 2 Y_Gain 3 Out_Gain 0 01 All other parameters are left at their default values The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XU1 IN1 IN2 OUT MULT 0 Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT MULT 0 1 2 3 A1 1 2 3 SIGMULT MODEL SIGMULT MULT IN_OFFSET 0E 0 0E 0 IN_GAIN
100. text file containing an indefinite number of points The file must be stored in the same location as the parent project file with the extension PWL The file is referenced by entering its name including extension in the Model Location region s In File field in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The following criteria must be adhered to when defining the data in the file Values must be entered in pairs a time position followed by an amplitude The first character of each data line must be a plus sign and each line may contain up to 255 characters Values must be separated by one or more spaces or tabs Values may be entered in either scientific or engineering notation Comment lines may be added by making the first character of the line an asterisk The following example illustrates the typical format for the content in a pwl file Random Noise Data 0 00000e 3 0 6667 0 00781e 3 0 6372 0 01563e 3 0 1177 0 02344e 3 0 6058 0 03125e 3 0 2386 0 03906e 3 1 1258 0 04688e 3 1 6164 0 05469e 3 0 3136 0 06250e 3 1 0934 The image below shows an example of the waveform produced by a PWL voltage source with the parameters set to the default values Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 119 The value for the voltage at intermediate values of time is calculated using linear interpolation on input values The value of the voltage at t
101. than that seen on the out pin a sinking current flows into the out pin If a sourcing current results the value of the current will be controlled by a sourcing resistance as defined by the R_Out_Source parameter The sourcing current is limited to a maximum value defined by the I_Limit_Source parameter The output current in this case will be reflected in the current through the pos_pwr pin of the device If a sinking current results the value of the current will be controlled by a sinking resistance as defined by the R_Out_Sink parameter The sinking current is limited to a maximum value defined by the I_Limit_Sink parameter This models the limiting behavior found in the output stages of most operational amplifiers The output current in this case will be reflected in the current through the neg_pwr pin of the device The V_Pwr_Range parameter is used to define the voltage level below Vpos_pwr and above Vneg_pwr beyond which smoothing will be applied to the derived internal voltage signal VEq The I_Source_Range parameter is used to define the current level below I_Limit_Source beyond which smoothing is applied This value also determines the current increment above Iout 0 at which the current through the pos_pwr pin begins to transition to zero The I_Sink_Range parameter is used to define the current level below I_Limit_Sink beyond which smoothing is applied This value also determines the current increment below Iout 0 at whic
102. the General simulation convergence troubleshooting topic If you still encounter problems try the following 1 On the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog from the schematic select Design Simulate Mixed Sim then click the Advanced Options entry in the Analyses Options list set the RELTOL parameter in the SPICE variables list to 0 01 By increasing the tolerance from its default of 0 001 0 1 accuracy fewer iterations will be required to converge on a solution and the simulation will complete much more quickly 2 Also on the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog increase the value of the ITL4 parameter to 100 This will allow the Transient analysis to go through more iterations for each timestep before giving up Raising this value may help to eliminate timestep too small errors improving both convergence and simulation speed 3 Also on the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog reduce the accuracy by increasing the values of ABSTOL and VNTOL if current voltage levels allow Your particular circuit may not require resolutions down to 1uV or 1pA You should however allow at least an order of magnitude below the lowest expected voltage or current levels of your circuit 4 Realistically model your circuit Add realistic parasitics especially stray junction capacitance Use RC snubbers around diodes Replace device models with subcircuits especially for RF and power devices 5 Incr
103. the models available in XSPICE the SPICE prefix for theses models is A All of the XSPICE analog models can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib For more detailed information regarding XSPICE consult the XSPICE User Manual Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 134 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Capacitance Meter Capacitance Meter Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name CMETER SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR CMETER MODEL DESIGNATOR CMETER cmeter gain gain gain Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain gain default 1 Notes This is a sensing device which is attached to a node in the circuit and produces as an output a scaled value equal to the total capacitance seen on its input multiplied by the value assigned to the Gain parameter This model is useful as a building block for other models which require to sense a capacitance value and adjust their behavior with respect to it The input signal can be either a single ended current or
104. 0 Fraction used to control whether the smoothing domain is specified as a fractional Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 172 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default FALSE Out_Gain output gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a two quadrant divider It takes two inputs one specified as the numerator the other as the denominator and processes them to obtain the output result as follows The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the Num_Offset and Den_Offset parameters The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for gain specified in the respective Num_Gain and Den_Gain parameters The resulting values are divided The quotient is multiplied by the value specified for the Out_Gain parameter The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output Num Num_Offset Num_Gain Den Den_Offset Den_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset The denominator is prevented from ever going zero by specification of a limiting positive value in the Den_Lower_Limit parameter This limit is reached through the use of a quadratic smoothing function the domain of which is specified using the Den_Domain parameter This model will operate in DC AC and Transient analysis modes
105. 00k Primary Stop Value 150 0k Primary Step Value 50 00k Primary Sweep Type Absolute Values Secondary Sweep Variable RI resistance Secondary Start Value 5 000k Secondary Stop Value 15 00k Secondary Step Value 5 000k Secondary Sweep Type Absolute Values The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses CONTROL SWEEP RF resistance 5E4 1 5E5 5E4 RI resistance 5000 1 5E4 5000 ENDC Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 486 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 There are three values of the primary parameter that will be swept for each of the three values of the secondary Therefore there will be nine waveforms in all generated by the sweep The default value waveform will also be generated for comparison Hence running the simulation will yield the output waveforms shown in the images below AC Small Signal analysis Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 487 Transient analysis Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 488 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Temperature Sweep Description The Temperature Sweep feature is used to analyze the circuit at each temperature in a specified range producing a series a curves one for each temperature setting The Simulator performs multiple passes of any of the standard analyses that are enabled AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise
106. 199 Medium Mu Triode and Sharp Cutoff Pentode 7199 7199 ckt X UJT N Unijunction transistor with N type base NUJT NUJT ckt X XTAL Crystal Oscillator XTAL XTAL ckt X Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 19 The following drop down sections provide a non exhaustive listing of various manufacturer specific integrated libraries that are supplied as part of the installation and which contain simulation ready schematic components The sub folders containing the integrated libraries arranged by Manufacturer can be found along the following path Program Files Altium Library on the drive to which you installed the software Note that not all schematic components in a listed library may have a linked simulation model Analog Devices AD Amplifier Buffer IntLib AD Analog Multiplier Divider IntLib AD Audio Pre Amplifier IntLib AD Differential Amplifier IntLib AD Instrumentation Amplifier IntLib AD Operational Amplifier IntLib AD Power Mgt Voltage Reference IntLib AD RF and IF Modulator Demodulator IntLib AD Variable Gain Amplifier IntLib AD Video Amplifier IntLib Burr Brown BB Amplifier Buffer IntLib BB Amplifier Instrumentation Amplifier IntLib BB Analog Integrator IntLib BB Differential Amplifier IntLib BB Instrumentation Amplifier IntLib BB Isolation Amplifier IntLib BB L
107. 1CLIMIT MODEL AU1CLIMIT climit in_offset 0 gain 2 upper_delta 0 lower_delta 0 limit_range 0 1 fraction FALSE The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 143 Controlled Limiter Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name CLIMIT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 vd 5 6 vd 7 8 DESIGNATOR CLIMIT MODEL DESIGNATOR CLIMIT climit in_offset in_offset in_offset gain gain gain upper_delta upper_delta upper_delta lower_delta lower_delta lower_delta limit_range limit_range limit_range fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain default 1 Upper_Delta output upper delta Default 0 Lower_Delta output lower delta Default 0 Limit_Range upper and lower smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Fraction used to control whether the limit range is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute
108. 2 3 4 5 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS ADDI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 281 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 282 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Addition of Voltages Single Ended Inputs Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ADDV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ADDV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Add Voltages SUBCKT ADDV 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS ADDV Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 283 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ADDV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 VIN1 VIN2 OUT ADDV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ADDV 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS ADDV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 284 TR0113 v1 1 May
109. 2 are both 1K with a Device Tolerance of 1 no device tracking and they have a Lot Tolerance of 4 with the same Lot Tracking number For each Monte Carlo run the resistors are first assigned the same lot variation a nominal value between 4 Then each resistor is assigned a device tolerance between 1 This gives a total tolerance of 5 1 4 However during the same run the values of each resistor cannot be any farther than 1 from their nominal value or 2 from each other Notes At least one of the standard analysis types AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise must be enabled in order to perform a Monte Carlo analysis The Monte Carlo analysis can vary basic components and models subcircuit data is not varied during the analysis Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Running a Monte Carlo analysis can result in a large amount of data being calculated To limit the amount of data calculated you can set the Collect Data For option on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog to Active Signals With this option data is only calculated for variables currently listed in the Active Signals list Each component is randomly varied independent of other components For example if a circuit has two 10 K resistors and the default tolerance is set to 10 then during the first pass of the simulation one resis
110. 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LNVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 LNVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT LNVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V LN V 1 2 ENDS LNVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 403 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 404 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Sine Sine of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SINI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Sine of Current SUBCKT SINI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I SIN I VX ENDS SINI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 405 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 SINI
111. 20 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 221 S Domain Transfer Function Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name S_XFER SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR SXFER MODEL DESIGNATOR SXFER s_xfer in_offset in_offset in_offset gain gain gain num_coeff num_coeff den_coeff den_coeff int_ic int_ic int_ic denormalized_freq denormalized_freq denormalized_freq Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog in_offset input offset Default 0 gain gain Default 1 num_coeff numerator polynomial coefficients Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least one value must be entered for the array den_coeff denominator polynomial coefficients Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least one value must be entered for the array int_ic integrator stage initial conditions Default 0 denormalized_freq denormalized corner frequency in radians This allows you to specify the coefficients for a normalized filter where the fre
112. 4 500 BOOLL Sets the low output level of a Boolean expression 0 000 BOOLT Sets the input threshold level of a Boolean expression 1 500 BYPASS Enables device bypass scheme for nonlinear model evaluation Enabled CHGTOL Provides lower limit on capacitor charge or inductor flux in Coulombs used in the LTE timestep control algorithm 10 00e 15 CONVABSSTEP Sets limit of the absolute step size in solving for the DC operating point convergence for code model inputs 100 0m CONVLIMIT Disables convergence algorithm used in some built in component models Disabled CONVSTEP Sets the limit of the relative step size in solving for the DC operating point convergence for code model inputs 250 0m CURRENTMNS Sets scale factor used to determine min supply current when value not specified in SimCode model 1 500 CURRENTMXS Scale factor used to determine max supply current when value not specified in SimCode model 500 0m DEFAD Sets the MOS drain diffusion area 0 000 DEFAS Sets the MOS source diffusion area 0 000 DEFL Sets the MOS channel length in micrometers 100 0 DEFW Sets the MOS channel width in micrometers 100 0 DRIVEMNS Sets scale factor used to determine min output drive capacity when value not specified in SimCode model 1 500 DRIVEMXS Sets scale factor used to determine max output drive capacity when value is not specified in SimCode model 500 0m DRVMNTYMX Temporary globa
113. ANI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file TANI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Tangent of Current SUBCKT TANI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I TAN I VX ENDS TANI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 429 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the TANI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 TANI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT TANI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I TAN I VX ENDS TANI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 430 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 431 Tangent of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name TANV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file TANV ckt
114. ASE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Offset DC offset current of the signal generator in Amps Default 0 Amplitude peak amplitude of the sinusoid in Amps Default 1 Frequency frequency of the sinusoidal output current in Hz Default 1K Delay delay time until the source current commences in seconds Default 0 Damping Factor the rate at which the sinusoid decreases increases in amplitude in 1 seconds A positive value results in an exponentially decreasing amplitude a negative value gives an increasing amplitude A zero 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 101 value gives a constant amplitude sine wave Default 0 Phase phase shift of the sinusoid at time zero in Degrees Default 0 Notes The image below shows an example of the waveform p
115. ATANVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc tangent of Voltage pkg ATAN V SUBCKT ATANVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ATAN V 1 2 ENDS ATANVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 310 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 ATANVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ATANVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ATAN V 1 2 ENDS ATANVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 311 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 312 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Cosine Cosine of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file COSI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUB
116. BI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SUBI 1 2 3 4 5 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS SUBI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 422 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 423 Subtraction of Voltages Single Ended Inputs Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SUBV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SUBV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Subrtact Voltages SUBCKT SUBV 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS SUBV Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 424 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SUBV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 VIN1 VIN2 OUT SUBV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SUBV 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS SUBV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit
117. CE Prefix A Model Name ILIMIT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 gd 3 4 gd 5 6 gd 7 8 DESIGNATOR ILIMIT MODEL DESIGNATOR ILIMIT ilimit in_offset in_offset in_offset gain gain gain r_out_source r_out_source r_out_source r_out_sink r_out_sink r_out_sink i_limit_source i_limit_source i_limit_sink i_limit_sink v_pwr_range v_pwr_range v_pwr_range i_source_range i_source_range i_source_range i_sink_range i_sink_range i_sink_range r_out_domain r_out_domain r_out_domain Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 R_Out_Source sourcing resistance The value entered must lie in the range 1 0e 9 to 1 0e9 Default 1 R_Out_Sink sinking resistance The value entered must lie in the range 1 0e 9 to 1 0e9 Default 1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 160 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 I_Limit_Source current sourcing limit The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 12 I_Limit_Sink current sinking limit The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 12 V_Pwr_Range upper and lower power supply smoothing ran
118. CKT line of the file Cosine of Current SUBCKT COSI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I COS I VX ENDS COSI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 313 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 COSI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT COSI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I COS I VX ENDS COSI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 314 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 315 Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file COSV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Cosine of Voltage SUBCKT COSV 1 2 BX 2 0 V COS V 1 ENDS COSV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulat
119. Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ABSVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 ABSVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ABSVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ABS V 1 2 ENDS ABSVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 278 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 279 Addition Addition of Currents Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ADDI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ADDI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Add Currents SUBCKT ADDI 1 2 3 4 5 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS ADDI Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 280 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ADDI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 0 IN2 0 OUT 0 ADDI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ADDI 1
120. DC Current Source 82 DC Sweep Analysis 461 DC Sweep Analysis troubleshooting 501 DC Voltage Source 107 Differentiator Differential I O 166 Differentiator Single Ended I 0 164 Digital models SimCode 444 Diode 36 Divider Differential I O 171 Divider Single Ended I O 168 Division of Currents 320 Division of Voltages Differential Inputs 326 Division of Voltages Single Ended Inputs 323 E Exponential Current Source 84 Exponential of Current 329 Exponential of Voltage Differential Input 334 Exponential of Voltage Single Ended Input 332 Exponential Voltage Source 109 F Fourier Analysis 457 Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Current Source 87 Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Voltage Source111 Frequency to Voltage Converter 244 Fuse
121. DE SFFM OFFSET AMPLITUDE CARRIER FREQUENCY MODULATION INDEX SIGNAL FREQUENCY AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Offset the DC offset of the signal generator in Volts Default 2 5 Amplitude the peak amplitude of the output voltage in Volts Default 1 Carrier Frequency the carrier frequency in Hz Default 100k Modulation Index the modulation index Default 5 Signal Frequency the signal message frequency in Hz Default 10k Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 112 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Notes The image below shows an example of the waveform produced by an FM voltage source with the parameters set to the default values The shape of the waveform is described by the following formula V t VO VA sin 2 FCt MI sin 2 FSt where t is an instance of time
122. E Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 200 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Notes This model is similar in function to the Gain function However the output is restricted to the range specified by the output lower and upper limits The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal This model is also similar in function to the Controlled Limiter the difference being that the output limiting is defined using parameters of the model rather than providing the limit levels external to the device The Limit_Range is the value below Out_Upper_Limit and above Out_Lower_Limit at which smoothing of the output begins The Limit_Range therefore represents the delta with respect to the output level at which smoothing occurs For example for an input Gain of 2 Limit_Range of 0 1V and output limits of 1V upper and 1V lower the output will begin to smooth out at 0 9 V When the Limit_Range is specified as a fractional value Fraction parameter set to TRUE it is expressed as the calculated fraction of the difference between Out_Upper_Limit and Out_Lower_Limit Examples Consider the limiter in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 Gain 3
123. E Prefix X Model Name MULTV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file MULTV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Multiply Voltages SUBCKT MULTV 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS MULTV Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 389 Consider the circuit in the image above which uses math function components to implement the trigonometric base equation Sin2 v Cos2 v 1 With respect to the MULTV components the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XMcos2 COS COS COSSQ MULTV XMsin2 SIN SIN SINSQ MULTV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT MULTV 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS MULTV The effect of the functions can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 390 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 391 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 392 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Multiplication of Voltages Differential Inputs Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model N
124. E Prefix X Model Name SQRTI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SQRTI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Square root of Current SUBCKT SQRTI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I SQRT I VX ENDS SQRTI Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 413 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SQRTI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 SQRTI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SQRTI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I SQRT I VX ENDS SQRTI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 414 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 415 Square Root of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SQRTV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SQRTV ckt associ
125. ENDS 10TO1 Notice that the Netlister has pre evaluated the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the default parameter values as defined in the 10TO1 ckt file Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 255 Voltage Controlled Sine Wave Oscillator Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL PARAMS LOW LOW LOW HIGH HIGH HIGH C1 C1 C1 F1 F1 F1 C2 C2 C2 F2 F2 F2 C3 C3 C3 F3 F3 F3 C4 C4 C4 F4 F4 F4 C5 C5 C5 F5 F5 F5 Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Low peak output low value in Volts High peak output high value in Volts C1 input control voltage point 1 in Volts F1 output frequency point 1 in Hertz C2 input control voltage point 2 in Volts F2 output frequency point 2 in Hertz C3 input control voltage point 3 in Volts F3 output frequency point 3 in Hertz C4 input control voltage point 4 in Volts F4 output frequency point 4 in Hertz C5 input control voltage point 5 in Volts Simulation Models and Analyse
126. Effect Transistor MOSFET Switches Current Controlled Switch Voltage Controlled Switch Transmission Lines Lossless Transmission Line Lossy Transmission Line Uniform Distributed RC lossy Transmission Line Current Sources Current Controlled Current Source DC Current Source Exponential Current Source Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Current Source Non Linear Dependent Current Source Piecewise Linear Current Source Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 29 Pulse Current Source Sinusoidal Current Source Voltage Controlled Current Source Voltage Sources Current Controlled Voltage Source DC Voltage Source Exponential Voltage Source Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Voltage Source Non Linear Dependent Voltage Source Piecewise Linear Voltage Source Pulse Voltage Source Sinusoidal Voltage Source Voltage Controlled Voltage Source Initial Conditions Initial Condition Nodeset Notes Many of the models have associated model files mdl A model file is used to allow specification of specific device parameters e g on and off resistances for a switch Many of the component libraries IntLib that come with the installation feature simulation ready devices These devices have the necessary model or sub circuit file included and linked to the schematic component These are pure SPICE models for maximum compatibility with analog simulators For more
127. FALSE value Default FALSE Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 144 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Notes This model is similar in function to the Gain function However the output is restricted to the range specified by the output lower and upper limits which are defined as follows Upper limit value at device pin cntl_upper_p value at device pin cntl_upper_n Lower limit value at device pin cntl_lower_p value at device pin cntl_lower_n The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal The Limit_Range is the value below the cntl_upper limit and above the cntl_lower limit at which smoothing of the output begins A minimum positive value of current voltage must exist between the cntl_upper and cntl_lower inputs at all times The Limit_Range therefore represents the delta with respect to the output level at which smoothing occurs For example for an input Gain of 2 Limit_Range of 0 1V and output limits of 1V on pin cntl_upper and 1V on pin cntl_lower the output will begin to smooth out at 0 9 V The input values arriving at the cntl_upper and cntl_lower pins of the device are tested to verify that they are far enough apart to guarantee a linear range between them The range is calculated as cntl_upper Upper_Delta Limit_Range cntl_lower Lower_Delta Limit_Range and must be greater than or equal to zero When the Limit_Range is specified as a fractional value
128. FSRC Current Controlled Current Source CCCS Not Required F GSRC Voltage Controlled Current Source VCCS Not Required G HSRC Current Controlled Voltage Source CCVS Not Required H IEXP Exponential Current Source IEXP Not Required I Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 5 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix IPULSE Pulse Current Source IPULSE Not Required I IPWL Piecewise Linear Current Source IPWL Not Required I ISFFM Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Current Source ISFFM Not Required I ISIN Sinusoidal Current Source ISIN Not Required I ISRC Current Source ISRC Not Required I VEXP Exponential Voltage Source VEXP Not Required V VPULSE Pulse Voltage Source VPULSE Not Required V VPWL Piecewise Linear Voltage Source VPWL Not Required V VSFFM Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Voltage Source VSFFM Not Required V VSIN Sinusoidal Voltage Source VSIN Not Required V VSRC Voltage Source VSRC Not Required V VSRC2 Voltage Source with pin 2 connected to Ground by default and the following parameter defaults Value 5V AC Magnitude 1V AC Phase 0 VSRC Not Required V Simulation Transmission Lines The following schematic components can be found in the Simulation Transmission Line integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Transmission Line IntLib Component Descrip
129. Flop IntLib TI Logic Gate 1 IntLib TI Logic Gate 2 IntLib TI Logic Latch IntLib TI Logic Multiplexer IntLib TI Logic Parity Gen Check Detect IntLib TI Logic Register IntLib TI Operational Amplifier IntLib TI Power Mgt Voltage Regulator IntLib Toshiba Toshiba Discrete IGBT IntLib Vishay Vishay Lite On Discrete Diode IntLib Vishay Siliconix Discrete JFET IntLib Vishay Siliconix Discrete MOSFET IntLib Vishay Telefunken Discrete Diode IntLib Zetex Zetex Discrete BJT IntLib Zetex Discrete Diode IntLib Zetex Discrete MOSFET IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 24 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The Netlist Template Explained The Netlist Template allows access to the information that is entered into the XSPICE netlist for a given component It is accessed by clicking on the Netlist Template tab at the bottom of the Sim Model dialog For all of the predefined model kinds and sub kinds the Netlist Template is read only If however one of these predefined entries does not allow enough control over the information placed in the netlist you can define your own template To edit the Netlist Template you need to select Generic Editor in the Model Sub Kind region of the Sim Model dialog ensuring that the Model Kind field is first set to General This will be the default model kind sub kind setting when adding a new
130. Hyperbolic arc sine of voltage single ended input ASINHV ASINHV ckt X ASINHVR Hyperbolic arc sine of voltage differential input ASINHVR ASINHVR ckt X ASINI Arc sine of current ASINI ASINI ckt X ASINV Arc sine of voltage single ended input ASINV ASINV ckt X Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 7 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix ASINVR Arc sine of voltage differential input ASINVR ASINVR ckt X ATANHI Hyperbolic arc tangent of current ATANHI ATANHI ckt X ATANHV Hyperbolic arc tangent of voltage single ended input ATANHV ATANHV ckt X ATANHVR Hyperbolic arc tangent of voltage differential input ATANHVR ATANHVR ckt X ATANI Arc tangent of current ATANI ATANI ckt X ATANV Arc tangent of voltage single ended input ATANV ATANV ckt X ATANVR Arc tangent of voltage differential input ATANVR ATANVR ckt X COSHI Hyperbolic cosine of current COSHI COSHI ckt X COSHV Hyperbolic cosine of voltage single ended input COSHV COSHV ckt X COSHVR Hyperbolic cosine of voltage differential input COSHVR COSHVR ckt X COSI Cosine of current COSI COSI ckt X COSV Cosine of voltage single ended input COSV COSV ckt X COSVR Cosine of voltage differential input COSVR COSVR ckt X DIVI Division of currents DIVI DIVI ckt X DIVV Division of voltages single ended inputs DIVV DIVV ckt
131. ICE Prefix V SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE EXP INITIAL VALUE amp INITIAL VALUE 0 PULSED VALUE amp PULSED VALUE 5 RISE DELAY TIME amp RISE DELAY TIME 1U RISE TIME CONSTANT amp RISE TIME CONSTANT 700N FALL DELAY TIME amp FALL DELAY TIME 2U amp FALL TIME CONSTANT AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Initial Value voltage amplitude at time zero in Volts Default 0 Pulsed Value maximum amplitude of the output swing in Volts Default 5 Rise Delay Time the point in time from t0 where the output begins to rise from the Initial Value to the Pulsed Value in seconds Default 1u Rise Time Constant RC charging time constant in seconds Default 700n Fall Delay Time the point in time from t0 where the output begins
132. Initial Condition Model Sub Kind Initial Node Voltage Guess SPICE Prefix None SPICE Netlist Template Format NODESET V 1 INITIAL VOLTAGE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Initial Voltage amplitude of the node voltage in Volts Notes The Nodeset device is used to specify the starting voltage for a node in the circuit during a preliminary pass of the operating point analysis After this initial pass the restriction is released and the iterations continue to the true bias solution This device is not usually necessary in order to achieve convergence in most circuits However it may be a useful aid when performing simulations on bistable or astable circuits Examples Consider the Nodeset device in the above image with the following characteristics The pin of the device is connected to net IN Designator is NS1 Initial Voltage 5 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 131 the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist NODESET V IN 5 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 132 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 XSPICE models These are predefined analog device cod
133. MET Electronics KEMET Chip Capacitor IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 21 Linear Technology LT Amplifier Buffer IntLib LT Operational Amplifier IntLib LT Video Amplifier IntLib Maxim Maxim Amplifier Buffer IntLib Maxim Analog Comparator IntLib Maxim Communication Receiver IntLib Maxim Current Feedback Amplifier IntLib Maxim Multiplexed Video Amplifier IntLib Maxim Operational Amplifier IntLib Maxim Video Amplifier IntLib Maxim Wideband Amplifier IntLib Motorola Motorola Amplifier Operational Amplifier IntLib Motorola Discrete BJT IntLib Motorola Discrete Diode IntLib Motorola Discrete IGBT IntLib Motorola Discrete JFET IntLib Motorola Discrete MOSFET IntLib Motorola Discrete SCR IntLib Motorola Discrete TRIAC IntLib National Semiconductor NSC Amplifier Buffer IntLib NSC Analog Comparator IntLib NSC Converter Analog to Digital IntLib NSC Discrete BJT IntLib NSC Discrete Diode IntLib NSC Discrete JFET IntLib NSC Discrete Rectifier IntLib NSC Interface Display Driver IntLib NSC Interface Line Transceiver IntLib NSC Logic Arithmetic IntLib NSC Logic Buffer Line Driver IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 22 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 NSC Logic Comparat
134. MODEL SWNO SW VT PULLIN 0 98 RON CONTACT ENDS SPDTRELAY Pullin 8 4 V set in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XRLY1 OUT P2 P1 IN 0 12VSPDT 0 Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT 12VSPDT 0 1 2 3 4 5 L1 4 6 5E 3 L2 5 7 5E 3 R1 6 7 1E 3 BNO 8 0 V 8 4E 0 ABS V 6 7 SW1 2 1 8 0 SWNC ON BNC 9 0 V ABS V 6 7 SW2 3 1 9 0 SWNO OFF MODEL SWNC SW VT 1E 1 RON 1E 3 MODEL SWNO SW VT 8 232E 0 RON 1E 3 ENDS SPDTRELAY Notice that the Netlister has pre evaluated the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the value for the Pullin parameter specified in the Sim Model dialog which overrides the default and the default values for all other parameters as defined in the 12VSPDT ckt file Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 252 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Transformer Equivalent Circuit Model Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL PARAMS RATIO RATIO RATIO RP RP RP RS RS RS LEAK LEAK LEAK MAG MAG MAG Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component
135. Models and Analyses Reference 156 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 I_Limit_Source current sourcing limit The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 12 I_Limit_Sink current sinking limit The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 12 V_Pwr_Range upper and lower power supply smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 6 I_Source_Range sourcing current smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 I_Sink_Range sinking current smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 R_Out_Domain internal external voltage delta smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 Notes This function models the operation of an operational amplifier or comparator at the highest level All of the device pins act as inputs with three of the four pos pwr neg pwr and out also capable of acting as outputs The device takes a single ended voltage input and applies offset and gain as determined by the values assigned to the In_Offset and Gain parameters An equivalent internal voltage VEq is derived from the result which is subsequently limited by the range defined by the voltages applied to the pos_pwr and neg_pwr pins If VEq is greater than the subsequent voltage that appears on the out pin of the device a sourcing current flows from the out pin If the value for VEq is less
136. N9 Designator is BB Equation I VB 10 61E6 I VC 10E6 I VE 10E6 I VLP 10E6 I VLN 10E6 the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist BB N7 N9 I I VB 10 61E6 I VC 10E6 I VE 10E6 I VLP 10E6 I VLN 10E6 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 93 Piecewise Linear Current Source Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Piecewise Linear SPICE Prefix I SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE PWL MODELLOCATION FILE MODELLOCATION TIME VALUE PAIRS AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Time Value Pairs allows you to define the waveform by specifying a value for the current at various points in time Default pairings are 0U 5A 5U 5A 12U 0A 50U 5A 60U 5A Notes Piecewise linear sources can take data fro
137. NMOS mdl M MOSFET P P Channel MOSFET PMOS PMOS mdl M MOSFET P4 P Channel MOSFET externally terminated substrate PMOS PMOS mdl M NMOS 2 N Channel Power MOSFET IRF1010 IRF1010 ckt X NPN NPN Bipolar Junction Transistor NPN NPN mdl Q NPN1 NPN Darlington Bipolar Junction Transistor NPN1 NPN1 ckt X NPN2 NPN Darlington Bipolar Junction Transistor NPN2 NPN2 ckt X NPN3 NPN Darlington Bipolar Junction Transistor NPN3 NPN3 ckt X Op Amp FET Operational Amplifier AD645A AD645A ckt X Optoisolator2 Optoisolator OPTOISO OPTOISO ckt X PLL Generic Phase Locked Loop PLLx PLLX ckt X PMOS 2 P Channel Power IRF9510 IRF9510 ckt X Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 16 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix MOSFET PNP PNP Bipolar Junction Transistor PNP PNP mdl Q PNP1 PNP Darlington Bipolar Junction Transistor PNP1 PNP1 ckt X PNP2 PNP Darlington Bipolar Junction Transistor PNP2 PNP2 ckt X PNP3 PNP Darlington Bipolar Junction Transistor PNP3 PNP3 ckt X PUT Programmable Unijunction Transistor PUT PUT ckt X QNPN NPN Bipolar Junction Transistor QNPN QNPN mdl Q Relay Single Pole Double Throw Relay SPDTRELAY SPDTRELAY ckt X Relay DPDT Double Pole Double Throw Relay DPDTRELAY DPDTRELAY ckt X Relay DPST Double Pole Single Throw Relay DPSTRELAY DPSTRELAY ckt X Relay SPDT Sin
138. Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR input node list output node list MODEL Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Propagation device propagation delay Set to MIN or MAX to use min or max databook values Default typical value Loading input loading characteristics Set to MIN or MAX to use min or max databook values Default typical value Drive output drive characteristics Set to MIN or MAX to use min or max databook values Default typical value Current device current used to specify device power Set to MIN or MAX to use min or max databook values Default typical value PWR value power supply voltage Specifying a value here will override any value specified by default in the model If this value is specified you must also specify a value for GND GND value ground supply voltage Specifying a value here will override any value specified by default in the model If this value is specified you must also specify a value for PWR VIL value low level input voltage Specifying a value here will override any value specified by default in the model VIH value high level input voltage Specifying a value here will overr
139. None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ASINHV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc sine of Voltage SUBCKT ASINHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ASINH V 1 ENDS ASINHV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 349 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINHV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ASINHV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ASINHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ASINH V 1 ENDS ASINHV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 350 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Hyperbolic Arc Sine of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ASINHVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ASINHVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the fil
140. O 1 2 3 4 PARAMS C1 0 C2 1 C3 2 C4 3 C5 4 F1 0 F2 1k F3 2k F4 3k F5 4k LOW 1 HIGH 1 A1 vd 1 2 vd 3 4 ASINEVCO MODEL ASINEVCO sine cntl_array C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 freq_array F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 out_low LOW out_high HIGH ENDS SINEVCO No overriding values for the parameters are entered in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XV1 IN 0 OUT 0 SINEVCO Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SINEVCO 1 2 3 4 A1 VD 1 2 VD 3 4 ASINEVCO MODEL ASINEVCO SINE CNTL_ARRAY 0E 0 1E 0 2E 0 3E 0 4E 0 FREQ_ARRAY 0E 0 1E 3 2E 3 3E 3 4E 3 OUT_LOW 1E 0 OUT_HIGH 1E 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 258 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 ENDS SINEVCO Notice that the Netlister has pre evaluated the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the default parameter values as defined in the SINEVCO ckt file Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 259 Voltage Controlled Square Wave Oscillator Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL PARAMS LOW LOW LOW HIGH HIGH HIGH CYCLE CYCLE CYCLE RISE RISE RISE FALL FALL FALL C1 C1 C1 F1 F1 F1 C2 C2 C2 F2 F2 F2 C3 C3 C3 F3 F3 F3 C4 C4 C4 F4 F4 F4 C5 C5 C5 F5 F5 F5 Parameters definable at
141. ODEL LENGTH L LENGTH WIDTH W WIDTH DRAIN AREA AD DRAIN AREA SOURCE AREA AS SOURCE AREA DRAIN PERIMETER PD DRAIN PERIMETER SOURCE PERIMETER PS SOURCE PERIMETER NRD NRD NRD NRS NRS NRS amp STARTING CONDITION INITIAL D S VOLTAGE IC INITIAL D S VOLTAGE INITIAL G S VOLTAGE INITIAL B S VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE TEMP TEMPERATURE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Length channel length in meters Width channel width in meters Drain Area area of the Drain diffusion in sq meters Source Area area of the Source diffusion in sq meters Drain Perimeter perimeter of drain junction in meters Default 0 Source Perimeter perimeter of source junction in meters Default 0 NRD equivalent number of squares of the drain diffusion Default 1 NRS equivalent number of squares of the source diffusion Default 1 Starting Condition set to OFF to set terminal voltages to zero during operating point analysis Can be useful as an aid in convergence Initial D S Voltage time zero voltage across Drain Source terminals in Volts Initial G S Voltage time zero voltage
142. PICE Options The SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog enables you to define advanced simulation options including the values of SPICE variables the integration method used by the Simulation Engine and the simulation reference net You can define the numerical integration method used for simulations in the Integration method field The Trapezoidal method is relatively fast and accurate but tends to oscillate under certain conditions The Gear methods require longer simulation times but tend to be more stable Using a higher gear order theoretically leads to more accurate results but increases simulation time The default method is Trapezoidal All of the digital components supplied in the component libraries have hidden power pins VCC and GND for the TTL devices and VDD and GND for the CMOS series devices These hidden power pins are automatically connected during netlisting and assigned the voltages specified in the Digital Supply VCC and Digital Supply VDD fields To change the default power supply values enter new values in these fields The defaults are VCC 5 VDD 15 To power any digital components in your circuit from nets other than VCC or VDD for CMOS you must include source components to create the appropriate voltages un hide the power pins for each component and wire the power pins to the appropriate power nets When a simulation is run all data that is collected for all available signals is referenced to a spec
143. PICE Prefix A Model Name ONESHOT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 DESIGNATOR ONESHOT MODEL DESIGNATOR ONESHOT oneshot cntl_array cntl_array cntl_array pw_array pw_array pw_array clk_trig clk_trig clk_trig pos_edge_trig pos_edge_trig pos_edge_trig out_low out_low out_low out_high out_high out_high rise_time rise_time rise_time rise_delay rise_delay rise_delay fall_delay fall_delay fall_delay fall_time fall_time fall_time Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Clk_Trig clock trigger value Default 0 5 cntl_array control array Default 0 Fall_Delay delay between receiving a valid trigger level and the output starting to fall from high value to low value Default 1 0e 9 Fall_Time output fall time Default 1 0e 9 Out_High output high value Default 1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 148 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Out_Low output low value Default 0 Pos_Edge_Trig positive TRUE negative FALSE edge trigger switch Default TRUE Pw_Array pulse width array This value must be greater than or equal to zero Default 1 0e 6
144. RELTOL Sets relative error tolerance of the program The value must be between 0 and 1 1 000m RSHUNT Value in ohms of resistors added between each circuit node and ground helping to eliminate problems such as singular matrix errors In general the value of RSHUNT should be set to a very high resistance 1e 12 0 000 No shunt resistors SIMWARN Allows SimCode warning messages to be displayed at run time SimCode warnings may include information concerning timing violations tsetup thold etc or indicate supply voltage dropping below device specifications None No Yes None SRCSTEP Sets the number of steps in the source stepping algorithm for DC operating point convergence 10 TEMP Sets the actual operating temperature of the circuit in Degrees C Any deviation from TNOM will produce a change in the simulation results 27 00 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 495 SPICE Option Description Default Value TNOM Sets the nominal temperature for which device models are created in Degrees C 27 00 TPMNTYMX Temporary global override for propagation delay index on SimCode devices None Minimum Typical Maximum None TRTOL Used in the LTE timestep control algorithm This is an estimate of the factor by which SPICE overestimates the actual truncation error 7 000 TRYTOCOMPACT Applicable to the LTRA model When specified the simulator tries to condense
145. Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 193 Notes This model is a simple integration stage that approximates the integral of the input with respect to time The output upper and lower limits are used to prevent convergence errors due to excessively high output values These limits provide for integrator behavior similar to that found in the integration stage of an operational amplifier Once a limit has been reached no further storage of values occurs The Limit_Range specifies the value below Out_Upper_Limit and above Out_Lower_Limit at which smoothing of the output begins Truncation error checking is an inherent part of the model If truncation errors become excessive the model uses smaller time increments between simulation data points therefore providing for a more accurate simulation of the integration function The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 194 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Integrator Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name INT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR INT MODEL DESIGNATOR INT int in_offset in_offset in_offset gain gain gain out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit limit_range limit_range limit_range out_ic out_ic out_ic Parameters definable at compon
146. Rise_Delay delay between receiving a valid trigger level and the output starting to rise from low value to high value Default 1 0e 9 Rise_Time output rise time Default 1 0e 9 Notes This model is used to output a single pulse the width of which is determined by a user defined piece wise linear waveform and a controlling input The cntl_array parameter values are input coordinate points progressively increasing while the Pw_Array parameter values represent the corresponding pulse widths at those points You could think of the function as being analogous to a look up table where the input signal ctrl pin of the device amplitude is mapped to the corresponding input value in the cntl_array and then the Pw_Array value that this is paired with is used as the width for the output pulse signal The amplitude of the pulse is determined by the values assigned to the Out_Low and Out_High parameters The output pulse is controlled by means of the clk input When this input reaches the level assigned to the Clk_Trig parameter the pulse is triggered on either the rising or falling edge of the clock in accordance with the setting of the Pos_Edge_Trig parameter Upon triggering the output reaches its high value after time Rise_Delay Rise_Time and its initial value again after time Pulse Width Fall_Delay Fall_Time The clr input to the device is used to reset the state of the function so that it is possible to retr
147. SUBCKT COSVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V COS V 1 2 ENDS COSVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 319 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 320 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Division Division of Currents Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name DIVI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file DIVI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Divide Currents SUBCKT DIVI 1 2 3 4 5 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS DIVI Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 321 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the DIVI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XMdiv NetMdiv_1 0 NetMdiv_3 0 TAN 0 DIVI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT DIVI 1 2 3 4 5 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS DIVI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circui
148. Setup Temperature Sweep is set up on the Temperature Sweep Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Temperature Sweep entry in the Analyses Options list The default setup for this feature is shown in the image below Parameters Start Temperature the initial temperature of the required sweep range in Degrees C Stop Temperature the final temperature of the required sweep range in Degrees C Step Temperature the incremental step to be used in determining the sweep values across the defined sweep range Notes At least one of the standard analysis types AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise must be enabled in order to perform a Temperature Sweep analysis Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Running a Temperature Sweep can result in a large amount of data being calculated To limit the amount of data calculated you can set the Collect Data For option on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog to Active Signals With this option data is only calculated for variables currently listed in the Active Signals list Temperature can also be varied using a Parameter Sweep This is useful if you want to vary the temperature as either the primary or secondary parameter in a two parameter sweep As running a Temperature Sweep actually performs multiple passe
149. Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 164 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Differentiator Differentiator Single Ended I 0 Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name D_DT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR DDT MODEL DESIGNATOR DDT d_dt out_offset out_offset out_offset gain gain gain out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit limit_range limit_range limit_range Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Gain gain default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Limit_Range upper and lower limit smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Notes This model is a simple derivative stage that approximates the time derivative of an input signal by calculating the incremental slope of that signal since the previous time point Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 165 The output upper and lower limits are used to prevent convergence errors due to excessively high output values The Limit_Range specifies the value below Out_Uppe
150. T EXPV 1 2 BX 2 0 V EXP V 1 ENDS EXPV Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 333 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the EXPV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT EXPV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT EXPV 1 2 BX 2 0 V EXP V 1 ENDS EXPV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 334 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Exponential of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name EXPVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file EXPVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Exponential of Voltage SUBCKT EXPVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V EXP V 1 2 ENDS EXPVR Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 335 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the EXPVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 EXPVR Models
151. TOL option larger values mean faster simulation time but less accuracy TEMP can be overridden by a temperature specification on any temperature dependent instance TNOM can be overridden by a specification on any temperature dependent device model Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 497 Simulation Troubleshooting When a circuit will not simulate you must identify if the problem is in the circuit or the process of simulation Follow the links listed in the Related Topics section below and work through the suggested points trying one at a time Sometimes during a simulation a message will be displayed reporting errors or warnings These messages are listed in the Messages panel Warning Messages Warning messages are not fatal to the simulation They generally provide information about changes that SPICE had to make to the circuit in order to complete the simulation These include invalid or missing parameters and so on Digital SimCode warnings may include information such as timing violations tsetup thold trec tw etc or significant drops in power supply voltage on digital components Error Messages Error messages provide information about problems that SPICE could not resolve and were fatal to the simulation Error messages indicate that simulation results could not be generated so they must be corrected before you will be able to analyze the circuit Notes Valid simulation result
152. T_GAIN 2E 0 OUT_OFFSET 0E 0 ENDS MULTR Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 209 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 210 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 PWL Controlled Source PWL Controlled Source Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name PWL SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR PWL MODEL DESIGNATOR PWL pwl x_array x_array y_array y_array input_domain input_domain input_domain fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog x_array x element array Enter a list of progressively increasing values using spaces as separators At least two values must be entered for the array y_array y element array Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least two values must be entered for the array input_domain input smoothing domain Enter a value in the range 1 0e 12 to 0 5 Default 0 01 fraction used to control whether the smoothing domai
153. To check the default values of the model open the associated sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line SPICE does not support parameterized sub circuits To cater for this the Netlister pre evaluates the formulae contained within a sub circuit file and enters the results directly into the netlist To distinguish between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc The simulation ready voltage controlled triangle wave oscillator component VCO Tri can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Examples Consider the voltage controlled triangle wave oscillator in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net IN Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND Pin3 positive output node is connected to net OUT Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND Designator is V1 The linked simulation sub circuit file is TRIVCO ckt with the following content Voltage Controlled Triangular Wave Oscillator LOW Peak output lo
154. ULLIN DROPOFF DROPOFF DROPOFF CONTACT CONTACT CONTACT RESISTANCE RESISTANCE RESISTANCE INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Pullin contact pull in voltage in Volts Dropoff contact drop off voltage in Volts Contact contact resistance in Ohms Resistance coil resistance in Ohms Inductance coil inductance in Henrys Notes A relay is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of a relay open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line SPICE does not
155. Uniform TOL R4 DEV 15 Uniform TOL RL DEV 15 Uniform TOL V1 DEV 10 Uniform TOL VCC DEV 10 Uniform TOL VSS DEV 10 Uniform MC 5 SEED 1 ENDC and running the simulation will yield waveforms for the OUT signal as shown in the image below Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 483 Parameter Sweep Description The Parameter Sweep feature allows you to sweep the value of a device in defined increments over a specified range The Simulator performs multiple passes of any of the standard analyses that are enabled AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise The Parameter Sweep can vary basic components and models subcircuit data is not varied during the analysis You can also define a Secondary parameter to be swept When a Secondary parameter is defined the Primary parameter is swept for each value of the Secondary parameter Setup Parameter Sweep is set up on the Parameter Sweep Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Parameter Sweep entry in the Analyses Options list The default setup for this feature is shown in the image below Parameters Primary Sweep Variable the device or parameter in the circuit whose value you wish to have swept All possible variables that can be swept in the circuit are automatically loaded into a convenient drop down list from which to choose Primary Start Value the
156. VIn would appear in the Available Signals list as VIn z Notes The impedance measurement is calculated from the voltage at the supply s positive terminal divided by the current out of that same terminal To obtain an impedance plot of the circuit s output impedance follow these steps 1 Remove the source from the input 2 Ground the circuit s inputs where the input supply was connected 3 Remove any load connected to the circuit 4 Connect a two terminal source to the output with the source s positive terminal connected to the output and its negative terminal connected to ground 5 Setup the signals of interest as described previously and run the simulation The simulation results are displayed on the AC Analysis tab of the Waveform Analysis window Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 468 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the above image where an AC Small Signal analysis is to be run To obtain an Impedance Plot analysis of the source VIN the signal VIN z is taken across into the Active Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Running the simulation yields the impedance plot shown in the image below Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 469 Noise Analysis Description Noise analysis lets you measure the noise contributions of resistors and semiconductor devices by plotting the Noise Spectral Density which
157. VO is the DC offset of the signal generator VA is the maximum amplitude of the output swing excluding the DC offset FC is the Carrier frequency MI is the Modulation Index and FS is the Signal frequency The simulation ready frequency modulated sinusoidal voltage source component VSFFM can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 113 Examples Consider the frequency modulated sinusoidal voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net IN Pin2 negative is connected to net GND Designator is V1 Offset 0 Carrier Frequency 10k Signal Frequency 1k All other parameters for the model are left at their default values the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist V1 IN 0 DC 0 SFFM 0 1 10k 5 1k AC 1 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 114 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Non Linear Dependent Voltage Source Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Equation SPICE Prefix B SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 V EQUATION Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply
158. X SQRTV Square root of voltage single ended input SQRTV SQRTV ckt X SQRTVR Square root of voltage differential SQRTVR SQRTVR ckt X Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 9 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix input SUBI Subtraction of currents SUBI SUBI ckt X SUBV Subtraction of voltages single ended inputs SUBV SUBV ckt X SUBVR Subtraction of voltages differential inputs SUBVR SUBVR ckt X TANI Tangent of current TANI TANI ckt X TANV Tangent of voltage single ended input TANV TANV ckt X TANVR Tangent of voltage differential input TANVR TANVR ckt X UNARYI Unary minus of current UNARYI UNARYI ckt X UNARYV Unary minus of voltage single ended input UNARYV UNARYV ckt X UNARYVR Unary minus of voltage differential input UNARYVR UNARYVR ckt X Simulation Special Functions The following schematic components can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix CLIMITER Controlled Limiter single ended current or voltage I O CLIMIT Not Required A CLIMITERR Controlled Limiter differential current or voltage I O CLIMIT Not Required A CMETER Capacitance meter single ended current or voltage I O CMETER Not Required A CMETERR C
159. able Schematic Pin Model Pin Net name to which Schematic Pin connects 1 N 1 1 GND 2 N 2 2 OUT Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 27 Then the text R1 GND OUT 1k will be placed into the XSpice netlist for this component Checking the Netlist Template To check the Netlist Template simply click on the Netlist Preview tab at the bottom of the Sim Model dialog The text displayed in this tab is exactly as it will be written to the XSPICE netlist file when a netlist is generated or a simulation is run The following three exceptions apply If the netlist entry contains an equation the Netlister will actually perform the necessary calculation and enter the direct result into the XSpice netlist If the model sub kind is Spice Subcircuit and parameters have been entered in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog the Netlist Preview tab will display entries for these parameters and their designated values The XSPICE netlist will however not show these parameter entries Instead to distinguish between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix to the model name 0 1 etc For example consider a crystal oscillator component with linked subcircuit file 3 5795MHZ ckt The Netlist Template for a crystal is DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL PARAMS FREQ FREQ FREQ RS RS RS C C C Q
160. acitance formula Default 0 5 TNOM parameter measurement temperature in C this value will be overridden by a value entered for Temperature in the Sim Model dialog Notes The model for the BJT is an adaptation of the integral charge control model of Gummel and Poon This enhanced version of the original Gummel Poon model includes several effects at high bias levels When certain parameters are not specified the model automatically defaults to that of the simpler Ebers Moll model Ground is used as the substrate node The values for the Initial B E and C E Voltages only apply if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled in the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The Area Factor affects the following model parameters transport saturation current IS corner for forward beta high current roll off IKF B E leakage saturation current ISE corner for reverse beta high current roll off IKR B C leakage saturation current ISC zero bias base resistance RB current where base resistance falls halfway to its minimum value IRB minimum base resistance at high currents RBM emitter resistance RE collector resistance RC B E zero bias depletion capacitance CJE high current parameter for effect on TF ITF B C zero bias depletion capacitance CJC zero bias collector substrate capacitance CJS
161. across Gate Source terminals in Volts Initial B S Voltage time zero voltage across Bulk substrate Source terminals in Volts Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 60 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Temperature temperature at which the device is to operate in Degrees Celsius Default 27 Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the model file directly when using the Shichman Hodges MOS2 MOS3 or MOS6 models LEVEL model index Default 1 VTO zero bias threshold voltage VTO in Volts Default 0 KP transconductance parameter in A V2 Default 2 0e 5 GAMMA bulk threshold parameter in V1 2 Default 0 PHI surface potential in Volts Default 0 6 LAMBDA channel length modulation in 1 V This parameter is applicable to MOS1 and MOS2 model types only Default 0 RD drain ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 RS source ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 CBD zero bias B D junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 CBS zero bias B S junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 IS bulk junction saturation current IS in Amps Default 1 0e 14 PB bulk junction potential in Volts Default 0 8 CGSO Gate Source overlap capacitance per meter channel width in Farads per meter Default 0 CGDO Gate Drain overlap ca
162. alculations are Gain Transfer Function the ration of the voltage at the specific Voltage Node in the circuit to the input source defined by the Source Name parameter Input resistance measured at the input source defined by the Source Name parameter Output resistance measured across the specific Voltage Node in the circuit and the node defined by the Reference Node parameter The simulation results are displayed on the Transfer Function tab of the Waveform Analysis window Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 477 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above where a Transfer Function analysis is defined with the following parameter values Source Name Vin Reference Node 0 GND The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses TF V INPUT Vin TF V INV Vin TF V OUTPUT Vin TF V VCC Vin TF V VEE Vin If the nodes INPUT and OUTPUT are taken into the Active Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog then the following data will be obtained upon running the simulation Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 478 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Monte Carlo Analysis Description Monte Carlo analysis allows you to perform multiple simulation runs with component values randomly varied across specified tolerances The Simulator performs multiple passes of any of the standard analyses that a
163. alysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 363 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 364 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Hyperbolic Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSHV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file COSHV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic cosine of Voltage SUBCKT COSHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V COSH V 1 ENDS COSHV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 365 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSHV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT COSHV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT COSHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V COSH V 1 ENDS COSHV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 366 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Hyperbolic Cosine of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Mod
164. ame MULTVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file MULTVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Multiply Voltages SUBCKT MULTVR 1 2 3 4 5 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS MULTVR Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 393 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above which uses math function components to implement the trigonometric base equation Sin2 v Cos2 v 1 With respect to the MULTVR components the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XMCos2 COS 0 COS 0 COSSQ 0 MULTVR XMSin2 SIN 0 SIN 0 SINSQ 0 MULTVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT MULTVR 1 2 3 4 5 6 BX 5 6 V V 1 2 V 3 4 ENDS MULTVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 394 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 395 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 396 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Natural Logarithm Base e Natural Logarithm of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircu
165. amples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 ASINI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ASINI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ASIN I VX ENDS ASINI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 298 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 299 Arc Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ASINV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ASINV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc sine of Voltage SUBCKT ASINV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ASIN V 1 ENDS ASINV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 300 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ASINV
166. ance of a potentiometer Each component can have two tolerances set a Device tolerance and a Lot tolerance Both device and lot tolerances are allowed but only one is required For a specific component device and lot tolerances are calculated independently using different random numbers and then added together Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 480 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Set the Tolerance field to give the percentage tolerance for the component The Tracking No field is used to assign a common tracking number to components when you require the variation in their tolerance to be correlated The Distribution field is used to specify the distribution type used for random number generation Uniform Gaussian or Worst Case If you give two components the same tracking number and device distribution then the same random number is used for both components when the device values for a simulation run are calculated Combined device and lot tolerances are useful where values are not completely correlated but are not completely independent either An example would be two different resistor packs Here the lot tolerance can be large that is the variation from wafer to wafer while the device tolerance the variation from resistor to resistor in the same package is small In this case the device tolerance should not be ignored because it may limit the overall performance of a circuit Consider the following example Assume R1 and R
167. and Subcircuit SUBCKT EXPVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V EXP V 1 2 ENDS EXPVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 336 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 337 Hyperbolic Arc Cosine Hyperbolic Arc Cosine of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ACOSHI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ACOSHI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc cosine of Current SUBCKT ACOSHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ACOSH I VX ENDS ACOSHI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 338 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSHI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 ACOSHI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ACOSHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ACOSH I VX ENDS ACOSHI The effect of the function can be seen i
168. apacitance meter differential current or voltage I O CMETER Not Required A Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 10 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix DDT Differentiator block single ended current or voltage I O D_DT Not Required A DDTR Differentiator block differential current or voltage I O D_DT Not Required A DIVIDE Two quadrant divider single ended current or voltage I O DIVIDE Not Required A DIVIDER Two quadrant divider differential current or voltage I O DIVIDE Not Required A FTOV Frequency to Voltage converter FTOV FTOV ckt X GAIN Simple gain block with optional offsets single ended current or voltage I O GAIN Not Required A GAINR Simple gain block with optional offsets differential current or voltage I O GAIN Not Required A HYSTERESIS Hysteresis block single ended current or voltage I O HYST Not Required A HYSTERESISR Hysteresis block differential current or voltage I O HYST Not Required A ILIMIT Current limiter single ended voltage input single ended conductance output ILIMIT Not Required A ILIMITR Current limiter differential voltage input differential conductance output ILIMIT Not Required A INT Integrator block single ended current or voltage I O INT Not Required A INTR Integrator block differential current or voltage I O INT Not Required A ISW Cur
169. at it is possible to retrigger and thus obtain another pulse The clr signal must be higher than the Clk_Trig signal to achieve this The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 153 Examples Consider the One Shot function in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive clk input is connected to net clk1 Pin2 negative clk input is connected to net clk2 Pin3 positive cntl input is connected to net In1 Pin4 negative cntl input is connected to net In2 Pin5 positive clr input is connected to net GND Pin6 negative clr input is connected to net GND Pin7 positive output is connected to net Out Pin8 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 cntl_array 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Pw_Array 1u 2u 3u 4u 5u 6u 7u 8u 9u 10u 11u Clk_Trig 0 5 Out_High 10 Out_Low 0 Pos_Edge_Trig TRUE Rise_Delay 40u The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd CLK1 CLK2 vd IN1 IN2 vd 0 0 vd OUT 0 AU1ONESHOT Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 154 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 MODEL AU1ONESHOT oneshot cntl_array 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 pw_array 1u 2u 3u 4u 5u 6u 7u 8u 9u 10u 11u clk_trig 0 5 pos_edge_trig TRUE out_low 0 out_high 10
170. ated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Square root of Voltage SUBCKT SQRTV 1 2 BX 2 0 V SQRT V 1 ENDS SQRTV Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 416 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SQRTV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT SQRTV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SQRTV 1 2 BX 2 0 V SQRT V 1 ENDS SQRTV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 417 Square Root of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SQRTVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SQRTVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Square root of Voltage SUBCKT SQRTVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V SQRT V 1 2 ENDS SQRTVR Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 418 TR0113
171. ater for this the Netlister pre evaluates the formulae contained within a sub circuit file and enters the results directly into the netlist To distinguish Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 245 between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc The simulation ready frequency to voltage converter component FTOV can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Examples Consider the frequency to voltage converter in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net IN Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND Pin3 positive output node is connected to net A Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND Designator is V2 The linked simulation sub circuit file is FTOV ckt with the following content Frequency To Voltage Converter VIL Low level input threshold VIH High level input threshold CYCLES Cycles per volt output Generic frequency to voltage converter Connections NC NC N N SUBCKT FTOV 1 2 3 4 PARAMS VIL 1 VIH 2 CYCLES 1k A2 1 2 10 20 adc_mod A2 10 20 40 fcvs_mod A3 40 5 dav_mod Simulat
172. ation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic sine of Voltage SUBCKT SINHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V SINH V 1 ENDS SINHV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 373 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINHV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT SINHV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SINHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V SINH V 1 ENDS SINHV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 374 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Hyperbolic Sine of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINHVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SINHVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic sine of Voltage SUBCKT SINHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V SINH V 1 2 ENDS SINHVR The resulting voltage is the value expr
173. ator is R1 Value 1K Set Position 0 5 the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist R1 INPUT INV 5E 2 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 47 Transistors Bipolar Junction Transistor BJT Model Kind Transistor Model Sub Kind BJT SPICE Prefix Q SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL amp AREA FACTOR amp STARTING CONDITION INITIAL B E VOLTAGE IC INITIAL B E VOLTAGE INITIAL C E VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE TEMP TEMPERATURE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Area Factor specifies the number of equivalent parallel devices of the specified model This setting affects a number of parameters in the model Starting Condition set to OFF to set terminal voltages to zero during operating point analysis Can be useful as an aid in convergence Initial B E Voltage time zero voltage across base emitter terminals in Volts Initial C E Voltage time zero voltage across collector emitter terminals in Volts Temperature temperature at which the device is to operate in Degrees Celsius Default 27 Parameters definable within model
174. ay 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 177 Gain Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name GAIN SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR GAIN MODEL DESIGNATOR GAIN gain in_offset in_offset in_offset gain gain gain out_offset out_offset out_offset Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a simple gain block that takes the input signal and multiplies it by the value assigned to the Gain parameter Optional offset adjusts are available on both input and output The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 178 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the gain function in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out
175. ays begins at time zero In the time interval between zero and Transient Start Time the circuit is analyzed but the results are not stored In the time interval between Transient Start Time and Transient Stop Time results are stored for display Although Transient Step Time is the nominal time increment used in the analysis the actual time step is varied automatically to achieve convergence Typically Transient Step Time and Transient Max Step Time are set to the same value As a starting point set both of these parameters to Transient Stop Time Transient Start Time 1000 If you are not sure what values to enter press the Set Defaults button on the page to automatically calculate the Transient analysis parameters as follows Transient Start Time is set to zero Transient Stop Time Transient Step Time and Transient Max Step Time are calculated based on the values entered for the Default Cycles Displayed and Default Points Per Cycle parameters as well as the lowest frequency source in the circuit with frequency FL The formulae used for the calculations are as follows Transient Stop Time 1 FL Default Cycles Displayed Transient Step Time 1 FL Default Points Per Cycle Transient Max Step Time Transient Step Time When using Initial Conditions make sure that you first define the initial condition for each appropriate component in the circuit or place IC devices on the circuit The IC value of a component
176. be supplied in order for the geometric based resistance value to be calculated If either the length or sheet resistance RSH is not specified the default resistance value of 1K will be used and a warning will be generated The link to the required model file mdl is specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Entering a direct value for the resistance will override the geometric definition Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered either in the Sim Model dialog where available or directly in the model file The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Examples Consider the semiconductor resistor in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 is connected to net Input Pin2 is connected to net Inv Designator is RIn The linked simulation model file is RES mdl If a value for the resistance was entered directly say 10K and no other parameters were specified in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog then the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist RIn Input Inv RES 10K Consider now instead of entering a direct value for the resistance the following parameters were defined in the Sim Model dialog Length 10e 3 Width 4e
177. ce TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 303 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 304 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Arc Tangent Arc Tangent of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ATANI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Arc tangent of Current SUBCKT ATANI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ATAN I VX ENDS ATANI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 305 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 ATANI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ATANI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ATAN I VX ENDS ATANI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 306 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 307 Arc Tangent of Voltage Single Ended Input
178. code models that are built in to XSPICE Code models allow the specification of complex non ideal device characteristics without the need to develop long winded sub circuit definitions that can adversely affect Simulator speed performance The supplied models cover special functions such as gain hysteresis voltage and current limiting and definitions of s domain transfer functions The SPICE prefix for these models is A Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 2 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Sub Circuit models These are models for more complex devices such as operational amplifiers timers crystals etc that have been described using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax A sub circuit consists of SPICE elements that are defined and referenced in a fashion similar to device models There is no limit on the size or complexity of sub circuits and sub circuits can call other sub circuits Each sub circuit is defined in a sub circuit file ckt The SPICE prefix for theses models is X Digital models These are digital device models that have been created using the Digital SimCode language This is a special descriptive language that allows digital devices to be simulated using an extended version of the event driven XSPICE It is a form of the standard XSPICE code model Source SimCode model definitions are stored in an ASCII text file txt Compiled SimCode models are stored in a compiled model file scb Multiple device mode
179. component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Low peak output low value in Volts High peak output high value in Volts Cycle duty cycle Possible values can lie in the range 0 to 1 Rise rise time in seconds Fall fall time in seconds C1 input control voltage point 1 in Volts F1 output frequency point 1 in Hertz C2 input control voltage point 2 in Volts F2 output frequency point 2 in Hertz C3 input control voltage point 3 in Volts F3 output frequency point 3 in Hertz Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 260 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 C4 input control voltage point 4 in Volts F4 output frequency point 4 in Hertz C5 input control voltage point 5 in Volts F5 output frequency point 5 in Hertz Notes The parameters C1 C2 and F1 F2 define the voltage to frequency conversion function The C values define input voltage levels and the F values set the respective output frequencies generated for these input levels Linear interpolation is used to define input output values between the set points The voltage controlled square wave oscillator is not one of the built in SPICE eng
180. create a new file ltra10 MDL Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 76 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 MODEL LTRA10 LTRA R 0 2 L 32n C 13p LEN 10 000 Examples Consider the lossy transmission line in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive node of Port 1 is connected to net IN Pin2 negative node of Port 1 is connected to net GND Pin3 positive node of Port 2 is connected to net OUT Pin4 negative node of Port 2 is connected to net GND Designator is LTRA1 The linked simulation model file is LTRA mdl the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist OLTRA1 IN 0 OUT 0 LTRA Models and Subcircuit MODEL LTRA LTRA R 0 000 L 9 130N C 3 650P LEN 1 000 The SPICE engine would use the indicated parameter information defined in the model file along with default parameter values inherent to the model for those parameters not specified in the file Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 77 Uniform Distributed RC lossy Transmission Line Model Kind Transmission Line Model Sub Kind Uniform Distributed RC SPICE Prefix U SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL L LENGTH NO SEGMENTS N NO SEGMENTS Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog T
181. d CMOS Logic Components 445 U Unary Minus of Current 436 Unary Minus of Voltage Differential Input 441 Unary Minus of Voltage Single Ended Input 439 Uniform Distributed RC lossy Transmission Line 77 V Voltage Controlled Sine Wave Oscillator 255 Voltage Controlled Square Wave Oscillator 259 Voltage Controlled Switch 69 Voltage Controlled Triangle Wave Oscillator 263 Voltage Controlled Current Source 103 Voltage Controlled Voltage Source 126 X XSPICE models 132 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 506 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Revision History Date Version No Revision 01 Dec 2004 1 0 New product release 20 May 2005 1 1 Updated for SP4 Software hardware documentation and related materials Copyright 2005 Altium Limited All rights reserved You are permitted to print this document provided that 1 the use of such is for personal use only and will not be copied or posted on any network computer or broadcast in any media and 2 no modifications of the document is made Unauthorized duplication in whole or part of this document by any means mechanical or electronic including translation into another language except for brief excerpts in
182. d Miscellaneous Connectors IntLib providing many of the general schematic components many of which are simulation ready The Program Files Altium Library Sim folder contains various txt and scb files for sub circuit based simulation models such as CMOS and 74XX series digital component models The Program Files Altium Library Simulation folder contains the following specific simulation ready component integrated libraries Simulation Math Function IntLib Simulation Sources IntLib Simulation Special Function IntLib Simulation Transmission Line IntLib The path to the Digital SimCode model uncompiled source file txt or compiled file scb referred to as model_path does not match the location of the model This could happen if the model is moved to a different location on the hard drive The model path is based on the relative path from the location of the main Altium Designer installation folder Library Sim Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 499 Trouble shooting simulation analysis failures One of the challenges of all Simulators is convergence What exactly is meant by the term convergence Like most Simulators the Altium Designer based Simulator s SPICE engine uses an iterative process of repeatedly solving the equations that represent your circuit to find the quiescent circuit voltages and currents If it fails to find these voltages and current fails to conver
183. d in the Sim Model dialog In the model file there is only the LEVEL parameter specified corresponding to the use of the MOS3 model The default values for all other parameters inherent to the model will be used Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 66 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Switches Current Controlled Switch Model Kind Switch Model Sub Kind Current Controlled SPICE Prefix W SPICE Netlist Template Format V DESIGNATOR 1 2 0V DESIGNATOR 3 4 V DESIGNATOR MODEL amp INITIAL CONDITION Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Initial Condition the starting point for the switch either open OFF or closed ON Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the model file directly IT threshold current in Amps Default 0 IH hysteresis current in Amps Default 0 RON ON resistance in Ohms Default 1 ROFF OFF resistance in Ohms Default 1 GMIN GMIN is an advanced SPICE option that sets the minimum conductance maximum resistance of any device in the circuit It is specified in the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog
184. defined with the following parameter values Input Node IN Input Reference Node 0 Output Node OUT Output Reference Node 0 Transfer Function Type V output V input Analysis Type Poles and Zeros The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses PZ IN 0 OUT 0 VOL PZ and running the simulation will yield the output wave plot shown in the image below Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 475 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 476 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Transfer Function Analysis Description The Transfer Function analysis DC small signal analysis calculates the DC input resistance DC output resistance and DC gain at each voltage node in the circuit Setup Transfer Function analysis is set up on the Transfer Function Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Transfer Function Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list The default setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below Parameters Source Name the small signal input source used as the input reference for the calculations Reference Node the node in the circuit used as a reference for the calculations at each specified voltage node By default this parameter is set to 0 GND Notes Data is saved for all voltage nodes in the circuit only The three small signal c
185. detailed information regarding SPICE3 consult the SPICE3f5 User Manual There were no syntax changes made between SPICE3f3 and SPICE3f5 The manual for SPICE3f3 therefore describes the correct syntax for the netlist and models supported by the Altium Designer based mixed signal Simulator Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 30 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 General Capacitor Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Capacitor SPICE Prefix C SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE INITIAL VOLTAGE IC INITIAL VOLTAGE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the capacitance in Farads Initial Voltage time zero voltage of capacitor in Volts Notes The value for the Initial Voltage only applies if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled in the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Examples Consider the capacitor in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net N1 Pin2 negative is connected to net VN Designator is C1 Value 0 02uF the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist C1
186. dialog where available or directly in the model file The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value The simulation ready voltage controlled switch component VSW can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Examples Consider the voltage controlled switch in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net IN Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 71 Pin3 positive output node is connected to net NetRLY1_4 pin 4 of RLY1 Pin4 negative output node is connected to net IN Designator is S1 Initial Condition of switch is OFF open contact The linked simulation model file is VSW mdl The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist S1 NetRLY1_4 IN IN 0 VSW OFF Models and Subcircuit MODEL VSW SW The SPICE engine would use the value for the Initial Condition specified in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog As there are no parameter values specified in the model file the engine will use the default values for all other parameters Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 72 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Transmission Lines Lossless Transmis
187. e Hyperbolic arc sine of Voltage SUBCKT ASINHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ASINH V 1 2 ENDS ASINHVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 351 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ASINHVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 ASINHVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ASINHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ASINH V 1 2 ENDS ASINHVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 352 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 353 Hyperbolic Arc Tangent Hyperbolic Arc Tangent of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANHI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ATANHI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc tangent of Current SUBCKT ATANHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I ATANH I VX ENDS ATANHI The resulting
188. e Schematic Netlist L1 Vin Vfw 10mH Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 41 Potentiometer Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Potentiometer SPICE Prefix R SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR A 1 2 VALUE SET POSITION DESIGNATOR B 2 3 VALUE VALUE SET POSITION Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the resistance in Ohms Set Position the position of the wiper along the resistors track The value can be in the range 0 fully left anti clockwise to 1 fully right clockwise with 0 5 being the halfway point with equal resistance on both sides Examples Consider the potentiometer in the image above with the following characteristics Pin1 Top is connected to net OUT Pin2 Bot is connected to net IN Pin3 Tap or wiper is connected to net IN Designator is RIn Value 1K Set Position 0 5 the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist R1A OUT IN 5E 2 R1B IN IN 5E 2 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 42 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Resistor Model Kind General Mode
189. e upper and lower limit smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Notes This model is a simple derivative stage that approximates the time derivative of an input signal by calculating the incremental slope of that signal since the previous time point The output upper and lower limits are used to prevent convergence errors due to excessively high output values Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 167 The Limit_Range specifies the value below Out_Upper_Limit and above Out_Lower_Limit at which smoothing of the output begins The Differentiator function does not include truncation error checking It is therefore not recommended that this function be used to provide integration through the use of a feedback loop Undesirable results may be obtained It is better in this case to use the Integrator function which provides for truncation error checking The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 168 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Divider Divider Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name DIVIDE SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 DESIGNATOR DIVIDE MODEL DESIGNATOR DIVIDE divide num_offset num_offset num_offset num_gain num_gain num_gain den_offset den_offset den_offset den_gain den_gain den_gain den_lower_li
190. e clicking on signals While including a signal in the Active Signals list causes the simulation results for that signal to be automatically displayed in the Waveform Analysis window once the simulation has finished you can use the controls in the Sim Data Editor to display any signal for which data was collected Notes By default the Simulator uses the Waveform Analysis window setup information from the previous simulation run to display the simulation results If you change the Active Signals list from a previous simulation run you must set the SimView Setup option to Show active signals for any changes to the displayed waveforms to take effect When this option is on the Waveform Analysis window is reset to its default condition and the plot waveforms are read from the dialog list rather than from the previous simulation run Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 452 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Operating Point Analysis Description An Operating Point analysis is used to determine the dc operating point of a circuit with inductors shorted and capacitors opened Setup There are no parameters to define for this type of analysis It can only be enabled or disabled from the Analyses Options list of the Analyses Setup dialog Notes A DC Operating Point analysis is automatically performed prior to a Transient analysis to determine the transient initial conditions The exception to this is when the Use Initial Conditions
191. e line consists of resistor and capacitor segments only unless a non zero value is assigned to the ISPERL parameter In this case the capacitors are replaced with reverse biased diodes possessing the following characteristics a zero bias junction capacitance equivalent to the capacitance replaced a saturation current of ISPERL Amps m of transmission line an optional series resistance equivalent to RSPERL Ohms m of transmission line The link to the required model file mdl is specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file For model file parameters where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value The simulation ready URC transmission line component URC can be found in the Simulation Transmission Line integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Transmission Line IntLib Examples Consider the URC transmission line in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 node 1 is connected to net IN Pin2 node to which capacitances of the RC line are connected is connected to net GND Pin3 node 2 is connected to net OUT Designator is URC1 Length 1 meter No Segments 6
192. e model file the engine will use the default values for all other parameters Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 69 Voltage Controlled Switch Model Kind Switch Model Sub Kind Voltage Controlled SPICE Prefix S SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 3 4 1 2 MODEL amp INITIAL CONDITION Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Initial Condition the starting point for the switch either open OFF or closed ON Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the model file directly VT threshold voltage in Volts Default 0 VH hysteresis voltage in Volts Default 0 RON ON resistance in Ohms Default 1 ROFF OFF resistance in Ohms Default 1 GMIN GMIN is an advanced SPICE option that sets the minimum conductance maximum resistance of any device in the circuit It is specified in the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog and its default value is 1 0e 12 mhos Notes The model allows an almost ideal switch to be described With careful selection of the ON and OFF resistances they can effecti
193. e models that are built in to XSPICE Code models allow the specification of complex non ideal device characteristics without the need to develop long winded sub circuit definitions that can adversely affect Simulator speed performance The supplied models cover the following functions which are available for operation with either single ended or differential voltage or current I O Capacitance Meter Single Ended I O Differential I O Controlled Limiter Single Ended I O Differential I O Controlled One Shot Single Ended I O Differential I O Current Limiter Single Ended I O Differential I O Differentiator Single Ended I O Differential I O Divider Single Ended I O Differential I O Gain Single Ended I O Differential I O Hysteresis Single Ended I O Differential I O Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 133 Inductance Meter Single Ended I O Differential I O Integrator Single Ended I O Differential I O Limiter Single Ended I O Differential I O Multiplier Single Ended I O Differential I O PWL Controlled Source Single Ended I O Differential I O S Domain Transfer Function Single Ended I O Differential I O Slew Rate Single Ended I O Differential I O Summer Single Ended I O Differential I O Notes With the exception of the Multiplier and Summer functions which are sub circuit based variations of
194. e source remains at the Pulsed voltage amplitude in seconds Default 0 Period the time between the start of the first pulse and the start of the second pulse in seconds Default 5u Phase phase shift of the waveform at time zero in Degrees Notes The image below shows an example of the waveform produced by a periodic pulse voltage source with the parameters set to the default values The shape of the waveform is described as follows V t0 VIV V tTD VIV V tTD tRT VPV V tTD tRT tPW VPV V tTD tRT tPW tFT VIV V tSTOP VIV where Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 122 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 t is an instance of time VIV is the initial value of the voltage VPV is the pulsed value of the voltage tTD is the Time Delay tRT is the Rise Time tPW is the Pulse Width and tFT is the Fall Time The value for the voltage at intermediate values of time is calculated using linear interpolation The simulation ready pulse voltage source component VPULSE can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the pulse voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net CP Pin2 negative is connected to net GND Designator is VCP Time Delay 0 Rise Time 1u
195. ease the rise fall times of any Periodic Pulse sources in your circuit Even the best pulse generators cannot switch instantaneously 6 On the SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog change the Integration Method to one of the Gear methods Gear integration requires a longer simulation time but is generally more stable than trapezoidal Gear integration may be particularly useful with circuits that oscillate or have feedback paths Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 503 Index A Absolute Value of Current 271 Absolute Value of Voltage Differential Input 276 Absolute Value of Voltage Single Ended Input 274 AC Small Signal Analysis 464 Addition of Currents 279 Addition of Voltages Differential Inputs 285 Addition of Voltages Single Ended Inputs 282 Advanced SPICE Options 491 Arc Cosine of Current 288 Arc Cosine of Voltage Differential Input 293 Arc Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input 291 Arc Sine of Current 296 Arc Sine of Voltage Differential Input 301 Arc Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input 299 Arc Tangent of Current
196. ed from the initial value for Test Points and the chosen Sweep Type Notes The Start Frequency must be greater than zero The independent voltage source specified in the Noise Source parameter must be an ac source in order for the simulation to proceed Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The simulation results are displayed on the Noise Spectral Density tab of the Waveform Analysis window Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 471 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above where a Noise analysis is defined with the following parameter values Noise Source Vin Start Frequency 1 000k Stop Frequency 1 000meg Sweep Type Linear Test Points 1000 Points Per Summary 0 Output Node Output Reference Node 0 GND Total Test Points 1000 The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses NOISE V OUTPUT Vin LIN 1000 1000 1E6 and running the simulation will yield the output waveforms shown in the image below Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 472 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The top waveform shows the total output noise NO measured at the specified output node in this case Output The bottom waveform shows the amount of noise that would have to be injected at the input NI to obtain the measured output
197. efault 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Initial Value current amplitude at time zero in Amps Default 0 Pulsed Value maximum amplitude of the output swing in Amps Default 5 Rise Delay Time the point in time from t0 where the output begins to rise from the Initial Value to the Pulsed Value in seconds Default 1u Rise Time Constant RC charging time constant in seconds Default 700n Fall Delay Time the point in time from t0 where the output begins to fall from the Pulsed Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 85 Value back to the Initial Value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 2u Fall Time Constant RC discharging time constant in seconds Default 300n Notes Use this source to create a pulse current waveform with an exponential rising and or falling edge The image below shows an example of the waveform produced by an exponential current source with the parameters set to the default values The shape of the waveform is described by the following formulae I t0 to tRD IIV I tRD to tFD IIV IPV IIV 1 e t tRD tRT I tFD to tSTOP IIV IPV IIV e t tRD tRT IIV IPV 1 e t tFD tFT where t is an instance of time IIV is the initial value of the current IPV is the pulsed value of the current tRD is the Rise De
198. el Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSHVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file COSHVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic cosine of Voltage SUBCKT COSHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V COSH V 1 2 ENDS COSHVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 367 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSHVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 COSHVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT COSHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V COSH V 1 2 ENDS COSHVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 368 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 369 Hyperbolic Sine Hyperbolic Sine of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINHI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters de
199. en_coeff parameter has more than one coefficient the int_ic parameter will still only have the single entry 0 if used in its default mode The mismatch in array sizes will cause errors when trying to run the simulation If you intend to use the default value for int_ic you must enter this value the required number of times such that the number of entries match the number of coefficient entries in den_coeff For example if den_coeff had the entries 1 9087 1 4325 0 28783 and you wished to use the default value 0 for int_ic then you would need to enter the following for the int_ic parameter value 0 0 0 The provision of the denormalized_freq parameter allows you the freedom to either specify the transfer function for a normalized 1 rad s filter and then enter the frequency of interest effectively scaling the filter after the normalized coefficients have been defined The frequency must be entered in radians second specify the transfer function and related coefficients directly for the frequency of interest In this case the denormalization_freq parameter can be left blank as the default value of 1 rad s will be used Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 218 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Truncation error checking is an inherent part of the model If truncation errors become excessive the model uses smaller time increments between simulation data points therefore providing for a more accurate simulation Examp
200. ence TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 105 Voltage Sources Current Controlled Voltage Source Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Current Controlled SPICE Prefix H SPICE Netlist Template Format V DESIGNATOR 1 2 0V DESIGNATOR 3 4 V DESIGNATOR GAIN Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain transresistance of the source in Ohms Notes This source produces a voltage at the output terminals that is a linear function of the current at the input terminals dependant on the transresistance of the source The current controlled voltage source actually implements two individual devices as can be seen from the Netlist template The first is a 0V voltage source which acts as an ammeter to measure the current input and then the actual current controlled voltage source that references it The direction of positive controlling current flow is from the positive node through the source to the negative node of the 0V voltage source The characteristic equation for this source is v hi where h is the transresistance Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 106 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The simulation ready current controlled volta
201. ent level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Limit_Range upper and lower limit smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Out_IC output initial condition Default 0 Notes This model is a simple integration stage that approximates the integral of the input with respect to time Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 195 The output upper and lower limits are used to prevent convergence errors due to excessively high output values These limits provide for integrator behavior similar to that found in the integration stage of an operational amplifier Once a limit has been reached no further storage of values occurs The Limit_Range specifies the value below Out_Upper_Limit and above Out_Lower_Limit at which smoothing of the output begins Truncation error checking is an inherent part of the model If truncation errors become excessive the model uses smaller time increments between simulation data points therefore providing for a more accurate simulation of the integration function The input signal can be either a di
202. erbolic Arc Cosine of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ACOSHVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ACOSHVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc cosine of Voltage SUBCKT ACOSHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ACOSH V 1 2 ENDS ACOSHVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 343 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSHVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 ACOSHVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ACOSHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ACOSH V 1 2 ENDS ACOSHVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 344 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 345 Hyperbolic Arc Sine Hyperbolic Arc Sine of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X
203. erence TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 459 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 460 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 461 DC Sweep Analysis Description The DC Sweep analysis generates output like that of a curve tracer It performs a series of Operating Point analyses modifying the voltage of a selected source in pre defined steps to give a DC transfer curve You can also specify an optional secondary source Setup DC Sweep analysis is set up on the DC Sweep Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the DC Sweep Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list The default setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below Parameters Primary Source the name of the independent power source in the circuit that is to be stepped Primary Start the starting value for the primary power source Primary Stop the final value for the primary power source Primary Step specifies the incremental value to use over the defined sweep range Enable Secondary allows you to sweep the primary power source over its full range of values for each value of a specified secondary source Secondary Name the name of a second independent power source in the circuit Secondary Start the starting value for the secondary power source Secondary Stop the final value for the
204. ers definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog FREQ the nominal output frequency of the crystal in Hertz RS the resistance exhibited by the crystal at the series resonant frequency in Ohms C shunt capacitance in Farads This value is the combination of the capacitance due to the electrodes on the crystal plate and stray capacitances arising from the crystal holder enclosure Q the quality factor of the equivalent electrical circuit model for the crystal This essentially is the ratio of energy stored to energy dissipated for the circuit and can be further defined as the ratio of the reactance series motional inductance and capacitance to the series resistance at the resonant frequency Notes A crystal is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values
205. es as an output a scaled value equal to the total capacitance seen on its input multiplied by the value assigned to the Gain parameter This model is useful as a building block for other models which require to sense a capacitance value and adjust their behavior with respect to it The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 138 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the capacitance meter in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 Gain 5 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN1 IN2 vd OUT 0 AU1CMETER MODEL AU1CMETER cmeter gain 5 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 139 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 140 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Controlled Limiter Controlled Limiter Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name CLIMIT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 DESIGNATOR CLIMIT
206. essed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 375 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINHVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 SINHVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SINHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V SINH V 1 2 ENDS SINHVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 376 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 377 Logarithm Base 10 Logarithm of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name LOGI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file LOGI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Logarithm of Current SUBCKT LOGI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I LOG I VX ENDS LOGI Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 378 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LOGI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will
207. etLabel2 2 V NetLabel2 V NetLabel1 If the argument of a LOG LN or SQRT function becomes less than zero the absolute value of the argument is used If a divisor becomes zero or the argument of log or ln becomes zero an error will result Other problems may occur when the argument for a function in a partial derivative enters a region where that function is undefined The simulation ready non linear dependent voltage source component BVSRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the non linear dependent voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net N9 Pin2 negative is connected to net GND Designator is BGND Equation V VCC 5 V VEE 5 the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist BGND N9 0 V V VCC 5 V VEE 5 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 117 Piecewise Linear Voltage Source Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Piecewise Linear SPICE Prefix V SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE PWL MODELLOCATION FILE MODELLOCATION TIME VALUE PAIRS AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model t
208. f it isn t uses linear interpolation Default not set COMPACTREL a specific quantity used to control the compaction of past history values used Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 75 for convolution By default this quantity uses the value specified for the relative simulation error tolerance RELTOL which is defined in the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog COMPACTABS a specific quantity used to control the compaction of past history values used for convolution By default this quantity uses the value specified for the absolute current error tolerance ABSTOL which is defined in the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog TRUNCNR a flag that when set turns on the use of the Newton Raphson iteration method to determine an appropriate time step in the time step control routines Default not set whereby a trial and error method is used cutting the previous time step in half each time TRUNCDONTCUT a flag that when set removes the default cutting of the time step to limit errors in the actual calculation of impulse response related quantities Default not set Notes The operation of the lossy transmission line model LTRA is based on the convolution of the transmission line s impulse responses with its inputs The length of the transmission line LEN must be specified Setting any of the NOCONTROL NOSTEPLIMIT and TRUNCDONTCUT flags inc
209. f the Sim Model dialog The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XV1 IN 0 OUT 0 SQRVCO Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 262 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SQRVCO 1 2 3 4 A1 VD 1 2 VD 3 4 ASQRVCO MODEL ASQRVCO SQUARE CNTL_ARRAY 0E 0 1E 0 2E 0 3E 0 4E 0 FREQ_ARRAY 0E 0 1E 3 2E 3 3E 3 4E 3 OUT_LOW 0E 0 OUT_HIGH 5E 0 DUTY_CYCLE 5E 1 RISE_TIME 1E 6 FALL_TIME 1E 6 ENDS SQRVCO Notice that the Netlister has pre evaluated the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the default parameter values as defined in the SQRVCO ckt file Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 263 Voltage Controlled Triangle Wave Oscillator Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL PARAMS LOW LOW LOW HIGH HIGH HIGH C1 C1 C1 F1 F1 F1 C2 C2 C2 F2 F2 F2 C3 C3 C3 F3 F3 F3 C4 C4 C4 F4 F4 F4 C5 C5 C5 F5 F5 F5 CYCLE CYCLE CYCLE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Low peak output low value in Volts High peak o
210. fault 1 Hyst hysteresis The value entered must be a positive real number Default 0 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Default 0 Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Default 1 Input_Domain input smoothing domain Default 0 01 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 181 Fraction used to control whether the smoothing domain is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default TRUE Notes This is a simple buffer stage providing hysteresis of the output with respect to the input The input points about which the hysteresis effect operates is determined by the values assigned to the In_Low and In_High parameters The output is limited by the specification of the Out_Lower_Limit and Out_Upper_Limit parameters The points at which the hysteresis slope would normally change abruptly are defined as In_Low Hyst and In_High Hyst for input transition from low to high In_Low Hyst and In_High Hyst for input transition from high to low Use of the Input_Domain parameter with a positive value ensures that the hysteresis slope never changes abruptly but is rather smoothed over the specified domain the region prior to the hysteresis slope meeting the defined limit level The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Examples Consider the hysteresis function in the above image with the fol
211. fferential current or differential voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 196 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Limiter Limiter Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name LIMIT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR LIMIT MODEL DESIGNATOR LIMIT limit in_offset in_offset in_offset gain gain gain out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit limit_range limit_range limit_range fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Default 0 Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Default 1 Limit_Range upper and lower smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Fraction used to control whether the is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default FALSE Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 197 Notes This model is similar in function to the Gain function However the output is restricted to
212. ffset in_offset gain gain gain out_offset out_offset out_offset Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a simple gain block that takes the input signal and multiplies it by the value assigned to the Gain parameter Optional offset adjusts are available on both input and output The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 175 Examples Consider the gain function in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 input is connected to net In1 Pin2 output is connected to net Out Designator is U1 In_Offset 2V Gain 5 Out_Offset 4V The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN1 OUT AU1GAIN MODEL AU1GAIN gain in_offset 2V gain 5 out_offset 4V The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 176 TR0113 v1 1 M
213. fied in SimCode model 1 500 LOADMXS Sets scale factor used to determine max input loading min input resistance when value not specified in SimCode model 500 0m MAXEVTITER Sets the max number of event iterations for DC operating point convergence 0 MAXOPALTER Sets the max number of analog event alternations for DC operating point convergence 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 494 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 SPICE Option Description Default Value MINBREAK Sets the min time between breakpoints in seconds 0 Automatic NOOPALTER Enables DC operating point alternations Disabled NOOPITER Skip directly to GMIN stepping algorithm Disabled OPTS Displays a list of all standard SPICE3 Option parameter settings Disabled PIVREL Sets relative ratio between the largest column entry in the matrix and an acceptable pivot value The value must be between 0 and 1 1 000m PIVTOL Sets the absolute min value for a matrix entry to be accepted as a pivot 100 0e 15 PROPMNS Sets scale factor used to determine min propagation delay when value is not specified in SimCode model 500 0m PROPMXS Sets scale factor used to determine max propagation delay when value is not specified in SimCode model 1 500 RAMPTIME Controls turn on time of independent sources and capacitor and inductor initial conditions from zero to their final value during the time period specified in seconds 0 000
214. file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the model file directly IS transport saturation current in Amps Default 1 0e 16 BF ideal maximum forward beta Default 100 NF forward current emission coefficient Default 1 VAF forward Early voltage in Volts Default infinite IKF corner for forward beta high current roll off in Amps Default infinite Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 48 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 ISE B E leakage saturation current in Amps Default 0 NE B E leakage emission coefficient Default 1 5 BR ideal maximum reverse beta Default 1 NR reverse current emission coefficient Default 1 VAR reverse Early voltage in Volts Default infinite IKR corner for reverse beta high current roll off in Amps Default infinite ISC B C leakage saturation current in Amps Default 0 NC B C leakage emission coefficient Default 2 RB zero bias base resistance in Ohms Default 0 IRB current where base resistance falls halfway to it minimum value in Amps Default infinite RBM minimum base resistance at high currents in Ohms Default RB RE emitter resistance in Ohms Default 0 RC collector resistance in Ohms Default 0 CJE B E zero bias depletion capacitance in Farads Default 0 VJE B E built i
215. finable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SINHI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic sine of Current SUBCKT SINHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I SINH I VX ENDS SINHI The resulting current is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 370 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SINHI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 SINHI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SINHI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I SINH I VX ENDS SINHI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 371 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 372 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Hyperbolic Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SINHV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SINHV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equ
216. fined netlist template for the sinusoidal voltage source If the AC Magnitude parameter has been defined then the contents of the separators is evaluated and inserted into the netlist All following entries in the netlist are also evaluated and entered into the netlist in this case AC Phase If for example AC Magnitude 1 and AC Phase 0 then AC 1 0 will be inserted into the netlist If however AC Phase was undefined an error would be raised If the parameter AC Magnitude is undefined then nothing following the AC Magnitude entry in the netlist template will be entered into the netlist PARAMS Resistance Resistance Resistance Current Current Current This example can be seen in the predefined netlist template for a parameterized subcircuit see F1 in Fuse PrjPcb If the Resistance and Current parameters are both undefined then there will be no text to be inserted into the netlist following the PARAMS entry so the text in the separators will be omitted also If for example the parameters have values Resistance 1k and Current 5mA then this will result in text following the PARAMS entry and PARAMS Resistance 1k Current 5mA will be the entry made in the netlist DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE This example is to demonstrate the use of the character If for example the parameters have values DESIGNATOR R1 and VALUE 1k and the pins are mapped on the Pin Mapping tab of the Sim Model dialog according to the following t
217. gain specified in the respective Num_Gain and Den_Gain parameters The resulting values are divided The quotient is multiplied by the value specified for the Out_Gain parameter The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output Num Num_Offset Num_Gain Den Den_Offset Den_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset The denominator is prevented from ever going zero by specification of a limiting positive value in the Den_Lower_Limit parameter This limit is reached through the use of a quadratic smoothing function the domain of which is specified using the Den_Domain parameter This model will operate in DC AC and Transient analysis modes only When running an AC Small Signal analysis the results are only valid when one of the two inputs not both is connected to an AC signal The input signals can be either single ended current or single ended voltage signals Examples Consider the divider in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 num is connected to net In1 Pin2 den is connected to net In2 Pin3 out is connected to net Out Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 170 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Designator is U1 All parameters are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1
218. ge Differential Input 366 Hyperbolic Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input 364 Hyperbolic Sine of Current 369 Hyperbolic Sine of Voltage Differential Input 374 Hyperbolic Sine of Voltage Single Ended Input 372 Hysteresis Differential I O 183 Hysteresis Single Ended I O 180 I Impedance Plot Analysis 467 Inductance Meter Differential I O 189 Inductance Meter Single Ended I O 186 Inductor 39 Initial Condition 128 Integrator Differential I O 194 Integrator Single Ended I O 192 J Junction Field Effect Transistor JFET 52 L Limiter Differential I O 199 Limiter Single Ended I O 196 Logarithm of Current 377 Logarithm of Voltage Differential Input 382 Logarithm of Voltage Single Ended Input 380 Lossless Transmission Line 72 Lossy Transmission Line
219. ge The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 6 I_Source_Range sourcing current smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 I_Sink_Range sinking current smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 R_Out_Domain internal external voltage delta smoothing range The value entered must be no lower than 1 0e 15 Default 1 0e 9 Notes This function models the operation of an operational amplifier or comparator at the highest level All of the device pins act as inputs with six of the eight pos pwr neg pwr and out pin pairs differential also capable of acting as outputs The device takes a differential voltage input and applies offset and gain as determined by the values assigned to the In_Offset and Gain parameters An equivalent internal voltage VEq is derived from the result which is subsequently limited by the range defined by the differential voltages applied to the pos_pwr and neg_pwr pins If VEq is greater than the subsequent voltage that appears on the out pin of the device a sourcing current flows from the out pin If the value for VEq is less than that seen on the out pin a sinking current flows into the out pin If a sourcing current results the value of the current will be controlled by a sourcing resistance as defined by the R_Out_Source parameter The sourcing current is limited to a maximum value def
220. ge then it will not be able to perform an analysis of the circuit SPICE uses simultaneous linear equations expressed in matrix form to determine the operating point DC voltages and currents of a circuit at each step of the simulation The circuit is reduced to an array of conductances which are placed in the matrix to form the equations G V I When a circuit includes nonlinear elements SPICE uses multiple iterations of the linear equations to account for the non linearities SPICE makes an initial guess at the node voltages then calculates the branch currents based on the conductances in the circuit SPICE then uses the branch currents to recalculate the node voltages and the cycle is repeated This cycle continues until all of the node voltages and branch currents fall within specified tolerances converge However if the voltages or currents do not converge within a specified number of iterations SPICE produces error messages such as singular matrix Gmin stepping failed source stepping failed or iteration limit reached and aborts the simulation SPICE uses the results of each simulation step as the initial guesses for the next step If you are performing a Transient analysis that is time is being stepped and SPICE cannot converge on a solution using the specified timestep the timestep is automatically reduced and the cycle is repeated If the timestep is reduced too far SPICE displays a Timestep too s
221. ge source component HSRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the current controlled voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net N7 Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net N10 Pin3 positive output node is connected to net N11 Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND Designator is HLIM Gain 1k the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist VHLIM N7 N10 0V HLIM N11 0 VHLIM 1k Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 107 DC Voltage Source Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind DC Source SPICE Prefix V SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value amplitude of the source voltage in Volts AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis typically 1V AC Phase the phase of the source when used
222. gle Pole Double Throw Relay SPDTRELAY SPDTRELAY ckt X Relay SPST Single Pole Single Throw Relay SPSTRELAY SPSTRELAY ckt X Res1 Resistor RESISTOR Not Required R Res2 Resistor RESISTOR Not Required R Res Pack1 Resistor Array parts RESISTOR Not Required R Res Pack2 Resistor Array parts RESISTOR Not Required R Res Adj1 Variable Resistor VRES Not Required R Res Adj2 Variable Resistor VRES Not Required R Res Pack3 Resistor Array respack_8 respack_8 ckt X Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 17 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix Res Pack4 Resistor Array respack_8 respack_8 ckt X Res Semi Semiconductor Resistor RES RES mdl R Res Tap Tapped Resistor POT Not Required R RPot1 Potentiometer POT Not Required R RPot2 Potentiometer POT Not Required R SCR Silicon Controlled Rectifier SCR SCR ckt X SW DIP4 4 way DIP Switch thru hole dpsw4 DIPSW4 ckt X SW DIP8 8 way DIP Switch thru hole dpsw8 DIPSW8 ckt X SW DIP 2 2 way DIP Switch thru hole dpsw2 DIPSW2 ckt X SW DIP 3 3 way DIP Switch thru hole dpsw3 DIPSW3 ckt X SW DIP 4 4 way DIP Switch surface mount dpsw4 DIPSW4 ckt X SW DIP 5 5 way DIP Switch thru hole dpsw5 DIPSW5 ckt X SW DIP 6 6 way DIP Switch thru hole dpsw6 DIPSW6 ckt X SW DIP 7 7 way DIP Switch thru hole dpsw7 DIPSW7 ckt X
223. h the current through the neg_pwr pin begins to transition to zero Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 157 The R_Out_Domain parameter is used to specify the incremental value above and below VEq Vout 0 at which Rout will be set to R_Out_Source or R_Out_Sink respectively Rout will be interpolated smoothly between R_Out_Source and R_Out_Sink under the following condition R_Out_Domain lt VEq Vout gt R_Out_Domain Examples Consider the current limiter in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 in is connected to net In Pin2 pos_pwr is connected to net 5V Pin3 neg_pwr is connected to net 5V Pin4 out is connected to net Out Designator is U1 Gain 2 I_Limit_Source 10mA I_Limit_Sink 10mA All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN 5V 5V OUT AU1ILIMIT MODEL AU1ILIMIT ilimit gain 2 i_limit_source 10M i_limit_sink 10m The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 158 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 159 Current Limiter Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPI
224. he Analyses Setup dialog in order to perform a Fourier analysis The simulation results are displayed on the Fourier Analysis tab of the Waveform Analysis window Examples Consider the circuit in the image above where a Transient analysis is defined with the following parameter values Transient Start Time 0 000 Transient Stop Time 5 000m Transient Step Time 20 00u Transient Max Step Time 20 00u Default Cycles Displayed 5 Default Points Per Cycle 50 Use Initial Conditions and Use Transient Defaults parameters are both disabled and a Fourier analysis is enabled and defined with the parameter values Fourier Fundamental Frequency 1 000k Fourier Number of Harmonics 10 The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses TRAN 2E 5 0 005 0 2E 5 SET NFREQS 10 FOUR 1000 VIn p VIn branch RL p RL i OUT IN The images below show the results of running the simulation The first two images show waveforms obtained from the Transient analysis of the circuit while the subsequent images show the results of the Fourier analysis The square wave whose fundamental frequency is 1kHz is broken down into sinusoids with frequencies that are odd multiples of this frequency odd harmonics as shown in the third image 1kHz 3kHz 5kHz 7kHz etc and with amplitudes that decrease with each subsequent harmonic Simulation Models and Analyses Ref
225. he Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog RESISTANCE series fuse resistance in Ohms CURRENT fuse current at rupture in Amps Notes A fuse is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of a fuse open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line SPICE does not support parameterized sub circuits To cater for this the Netlister pre evaluates the formulae contained within a sub circuit file and enters the results directly into the netlist To distinguish between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc Simulation Models and Analyses Reference
226. he circuit calculating the small signal AC output variables as a function of frequency It first performs an Operating Point analysis to determine the DC bias of the circuit replaces the signal source with a fixed amplitude sine wave generator then analyzes the circuit over the specified frequency range The desired output of an AC Small Signal analysis is usually a transfer function voltage gain transimpedance etc Setup AC Small Signal analysis is set up on the AC Small Signal Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the AC Small Signal Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list The default setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below Parameters Start Frequency the initial frequency for the sine wave generator in Hz Stop Frequency the final frequency for the sine wave generator in Hz Sweep Type defines how the total number of test points is determined from the initial value assigned to the Test Points parameter The following three types are available Linear Total number of test points evenly spaced on a linear scale Decade Number of evenly spaced test points per decade of a log10 scale Octave Number of evenly spaced test points per octave of a log2 scale Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 465 Test Points defines the incremental value for the sweep range in conjunction with the c
227. he entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Low input low value Default 0 In_High input high value Default 1 Hyst hysteresis The value entered must be a positive real number Default 0 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Default 0 Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Default 1 Input_Domain input smoothing domain Default 0 01 Fraction used to control whether the smoothing domain is specified as a fractional Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 184 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default TRUE Notes This is a simple buffer stage providing hysteresis of the output with respect to the input The input points about which the hysteresis effect operates is determined by the values assigned to the In_Low and In_High parameters The output is limited by the specification of the Out_Lower_Limit and Out_Upper_Limit parameters The points at which the hysteresis slope would normally change abruptly are defined as In_Low Hyst and In_High Hyst for input transition from low to high In_Low Hyst and In_High Hyst for input transition from high to low Use of the Input_Domain parameter with a positive value ensures that the hysteresis slope never changes abruptly but is rather smoothed over the specified domain the region prior to the hysteresis slope meeting the defined limit
228. hm Base 10 Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 269 Multiplication Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Natural Logarithm Base e Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Sine Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Square Root Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Subtraction Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Tangent Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Unary Minus Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Notes Functions in each category are available for operation with voltage both differential and single ended and current Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 270 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The models for these devices are not built in SPICE engine models They are complex devices and as such are defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All mathematical function components can be found in the Simulation Math Function integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Math Function IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 271 Absolute Value Absolute Value of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ABSI
229. hosen Sweep Type Total Test Points non editable shows the total number of test points in the frequency sweep range calculated from the initial value for Test Points and the chosen Sweep Type Notes Before you can perform an AC Small Signal analysis the circuit schematic must contain at least one signal source component with a value entered for the AC Magnitude parameter of its linked simulation model It is this source that is replaced with a sine wave generator during the simulation The amplitude and phase of the swept sine wave are specified in the model parameters for the SIM model linked to the schematic component for the Source To set these values double click on the source component in the schematic to bring up the Component Properties dialog In the Models region of the dialog double click on the entry for the associated simulation model to launch the Sim Model dialog When this dialog appears select the Parameters tab to gain access to the AC Magnitude and AC Phase parameters Enter the amplitude in Volts and the phase in in Degrees Units are not required Set the AC Magnitude to 1 to have the output variables displayed relative to 0 dB Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The simulation results are displayed on the AC Analysis tab of the Waveform Analysis window Examples Consider the circuit in the image above where an AC Smal
230. idal voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net INPUT Pin2 negative is connected to net GND Designator is Vin Frequency 10k All other parameters for the model are left at their default values the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Vin INPUT 0 DC 0 SIN 0 1 10k 0 0 AC 1 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 126 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Voltage Controlled Voltage Source Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Voltage Controlled SPICE Prefix E SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 3 4 1 2 GAIN Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain voltage gain of the source in Volts Notes This source produces a voltage at the output terminals that is a linear function of the voltage at the input terminals dependant on the gain of the source The characteristic equation for this source is v ev where e is the voltage gain The simulation ready voltage controlled voltage source component ESRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simu
231. ide any value specified by default in the model VOL value low level output voltage Specifying a value here will override any value specified by default in the model Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 446 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 VOH value high level output voltage Specifying a value here will override any value specified by default in the model WARN set to ON to flag errors for setup time hold time recovery time pulse width min max frequency violation and min max voltage supply violation Errors are reported as long as the code for these conditions has been included in the SimCode model Default OFF Notes Digital devices are modelled using the Digital SimCode language The source for a model is written using this language and stored in an ASCII text file txt The entry in the SPICE netlist will either point to this file or more commonly a file incorporating the compiled model information scb All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for any of PWR GND VIL VIH VOL and VOH in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value specified by the SimCode model which is generally determined by the family type and supply value For example if a CMOS digital device was connected to a 5 volt supply a high level on one of its
232. ific net in the circuit This net is defined in the Spice Reference Net Name field and by default is the GND net To run a transient simulation which references a net other than ground enter the net name in this field The main area of this page of the dialog lists options that give you direct access to SPICE variables from where you can change iteration limits error tolerances etc To change the value of a SPICE variable click inside the associated Value column entry edit the value as required then press the ENTER button or click outside of the column entry to change the variable to the new value To return an option to its default value simply enable the associated entry in the Def column The following details each of the SPICE variables contained in the list SPICE Option Description Default Value ABSTOL Sets the absolute current error tolerance in Amps 1 000p ACCT Causes accounting and run time statistics to be displayed Disabled ADCSTEP Minimum step size required to register an event on the input of the internal A D converters 10 00m AUTOPARTIAL Enables automatic computation of partial derivatives for XSPICE code modules Disabled BADMOS3 Uses the older version of the MOS3 model with the kappa discontinuity Disabled Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 492 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 SPICE Option Description Default Value BOOLH Sets the high output level of a Boolean expression
233. ified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the supplied 2 input multiplier open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line To distinguish between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 208 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the multiplier in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive a input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative a input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive b input is connected to net In3 Pin4 negative b input is connected to net In4 Pin5 positive output is connected to net Out Pin6 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 X_Gain 0 5 Y_Gain 2 Out_Gain 2 All other parameters are left at their default values The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XU1 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OUT 0 MULTR 0 Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT MULTR 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 A1 VD 1 2 VD 3 4 VD 5 6 SIGMULT MODEL SIGMULT MULT IN_OFFSET 0E 0 0E 0 IN_GAIN 5E 1 2E 0 OU
234. ify the transfer function and related coefficients directly for the frequency of interest In this case the denormalization_freq parameter can be left blank as the default value of 1 rad s will be used Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 223 Truncation error checking is an inherent part of the model If truncation errors become excessive the model uses smaller time increments between simulation data points therefore providing for a more accurate simulation Examples Consider the s domain transfer function in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 num_coeff 1 den_coeff 1 2 6131 3 4142 2 6131 1 int_ic 0 0 0 0 0 denormalized_freq 18849 5559 rads s 3kHz All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The transfer function represented by the model is that of a normalized 4th order Butterworth lowpass filter The value entered in the denormalized_freq parameter will move the corner frequency to 3kHz from the normalized 1 rad s or 159mHz The normalized transfer function for the filter is 1 G s 1s4 2 6131s3 3 4142s2 2
235. igger and thus obtain another pulse The clr signal must be higher than the Clk_Trig signal to achieve this The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 149 Examples Consider the One Shot function in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 clk is connected to net clk Pin2 ctrl is connected to net In1 Pin3 clr is connected to net GND Pin4 output is connected to net Out Designator is U1 cntl_array 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Pw_Array 1u 2u 3u 4u 5u 6u 7u 8u 9u 10u 11u Clk_Trig 0 5 Out_High 10 Out_Low 0 Pos_Edge_Trig TRUE Rise_Delay 40u The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 CLK IN1 0 OUT AU1ONESHOT MODEL AU1ONESHOT oneshot cntl_array 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 pw_array 1u 2u 3u 4u 5u 6u 7u 8u 9u 10u 11u clk_trig 0 5 pos_edge_trig TRUE out_low 0 out_high 10 rise_delay 40u The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 150 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 151 Controlled One Shot Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix
236. ime points subsequent to the last time point defined will be the voltage value defined for that last time point Similarly if the waveform has been described starting at a time other than zero all points in time back to zero will have that voltage which is defined for the first time point of the waveform The simulation ready piecewise linear voltage source component VPWL can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the piecewise linear voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net IN Pin2 negative is connected to net GND Designator is V2 Time Value Pair entries are Time s Voltage V 0 1 2m 3 4m 1 6m 1 5 8m 5 10m 2 5 12m 4 14m 1 All other parameters for the model are left at their default values the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist V2 IN 0 DC 0 PWL 0 1 2m 3 4m 1 6m 1 5 8m 5 10m 2 5 12m 4 14m 1 AC 1 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 120 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Pulse Voltage Source Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Pulse SPICE Prefix V SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE PULSE INITIAL VALUE amp INITIAL VALUE 0 PULSED VALUE amp PULSED VALUE 5 TIME DELAY amp
237. in BSIM model parameters those marked with an asterisk in the list of parameters above also have corresponding parameters dependent on length and width For more information on these and other aspects of the MOSFET models consult the SPICE reference manual The link to the required model file mdl is specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered either in the Sim Model dialog where available or directly in the model file The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Examples Consider the MOSFET in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 Drain is connected to net D Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 65 Pin2 Gate is connected to net G Pin3 Source is connected to net S The substrate node Bulk is connected to Pin3 the Source node Designator is Q1 The linked simulation model file is NMOS3 mdl If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist MQ1 D G S S NMOS3 Models and Subcircuit MODEL NMOS3 NMOS LEVEL 3 In this case there are no parameter values specifie
238. in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 Drain is connected to net D Pin2 Gate is connected to net G Pin3 Source is connected to net S Designator is J1 The linked simulation model file is 2N4393 mdl If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist J1 D G S 2N4393 Models and Subcircuit MODEL 2N4393 NJF VTO 1 422 BETA 0 009109 LAMBDA 0 006 RD 1 RS 1 CGS 4 06E 12 CGD 4 57E 12 IS 2 052E 13 KF 1 23E 16 and the SPICE engine would use the indicated parameter information defined in the model file along with default parameter values inherent to the model for those parameters not specified in the file If the following parameter values were specified in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 55 Area Factor 4 Temperature 29 then the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist J1 D G S 2N4393 4 TEMP 29 Models and Subcircuit MODEL 2N4393 NJF VTO 1 422 BETA 0 009109 LAMBDA 0 006 RD 1 RS 1 CGS 4 06E 12 CGD 4 57E 12 IS 2 052E 13 KF 1 23E 16 In this case the SPICE engine would use this information in conjunction with the indicated parameters defined in the model file and any defaults for parameters not specified Simulation Models and Ana
239. in transfer function single ended current or voltage I O S_XFER Not Required A SXFERR S domain transfer function differential current or voltage I O S_XFER Not Required A Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 12 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix VCO Sine Sinusoidal voltage controlled oscillator SINEVCO SINEVCO ckt X VCO Sqr Square voltage controlled oscillator SQRVCO SQRVCO ckt X VCO Tri Triangular voltage controlled oscillator TRIVCO TRIVCO ckt X VSW Voltage controlled switch VSW VSW mdl S Miscellaneous Devices The following schematic components can be found in the Miscellaneous Devices integrated library Program Files Altium Library Miscellaneous Devices IntLib Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix 2N3904 NPN General Purpose Amplifier 2N3904 2N3904 mdl Q 2N3906 PNP General Purpose Amplifier 2N3906 2N3906 mdl Q ADC 8 Generic 8 bit A D Converter ADC8 ADC8 mdl A Bridge1 Diode Bridge BRIDGE Bridge ckt X Bridge2 Full Wave Diode Bridge BRIDGE Bridge ckt X Cap Capacitor CAP Not Required C Cap2 Capacitor CAP Not Required C Cap Pol1 Polarized Capacitor Radial CAP Not Required C Cap Pol2 Polarized Capacitor Axial CAP Not Required C Cap Pol3 Polarized Capacitor Surface Mount CAP Not Required C Cap Semi Semiconductor CAP CAP mdl C Simulatio
240. ine is NSX Then type the information required each line will be included in the netlist exactly as it is written appearing between the following comment entries Begin NSX text frames End of NSX text frames The following example illustrates the use of two inductors and a text frame to provide a coupled inductor for simulation purposes Consider the circuit in the above image which contains two discrete inductors with the following characteristics Designator Primary inductor L1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 35 Designator Secondary inductor L2 The positive pin of L1 is connected to net Vin1 The negative pin of L1 is connected to net GND The positive pin of L2 is connected to net Vout1 The negative pin of L2 is connected to net GND Value for inductance L1 10 mH Value for inductance L2 10 mH The entries in the text frame are dissected as follows NSX the mandatory first line that tells the netlister that the following lines are extra information to be added when generating the SPICE netlist K1 the designator for the coupled inductor where K is the required SPICE prefix L1 L2 the designators of the two individual inductors 0 5 the value for the Coupling Factor the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Begin NSX text frames K1 L1 L2 0 5 End of NSX text frames
241. ine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the model open the associated sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line SPICE does not support parameterized sub circuits To cater for this the Netlister pre evaluates the formulae contained within a sub circuit file and enters the results directly into the netlist To distinguish between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc The simulation ready voltage controlled square wave oscillator component VCO Sqr can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Examples Consider the voltage controlled square wave oscillator in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive c
242. ined by the I_Limit_Source parameter The output current in this case will be reflected in the current through the pos_pwr pins of the device If a sinking current results the value of the current will be controlled by a sinking resistance as defined by the R_Out_Sink parameter The sinking current is limited to a maximum value defined by the I_Limit_Sink parameter This models the limiting behavior found in the output stages of most operational amplifiers The output current in this case will be reflected in the current through the neg_pwr pins of the device The V_Pwr_Range parameter is used to define the voltage level below Vpos_pwr and above Vneg_pwr beyond which smoothing will be applied to the derived internal voltage signal VEq The I_Source_Range parameter is used to define the current level below I_Limit_Source beyond which smoothing is applied This value also determines the current increment above Iout 0 at which the current through the pos_pwr pins begins to transition to zero The I_Sink_Range parameter is used to define the current level below I_Limit_Sink beyond which smoothing is applied This value also determines the current increment below Iout 0 at which the current through the neg_pwr pins begins to transition to zero Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 161 The R_Out_Domain parameter is used to specify the incremental value above and below VEq Vout 0 at which Rout will
243. initial value for the Primary Sweep Variable Primary Stop Value the final value in the required sweep range for the Primary Sweep Variable Primary Step Value the incremental step to be used in determining the sweep values across the defined sweep range Primary Sweep Type set to Absolute Values to step through the defined sweep range exactly as entered from Primary Start Value to Primary Stop Value and thereby obtain a set of progressive absolute values for the parameter Set to Relative Values to add the values of the sweep range to the default value of the device or parameter thereby creating a relative set of values for the parameter For example consider a parameter sweep defined a s follows Primary Sweep Variable 10k resistor Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 484 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Primary Start Stop and Step values are 5k 15k an 5k respectively With the Primary Sweep Type set to Absolute Values the resulting resistor values would be used in the simulation passes 5k 10k 15k If Relative Values is chosen instead the resulting values used would be 15k 20k 25k Enable Secondary enables the use of a secondary parameter variable in the sweep In this case the Primary Sweep Variable is swept for each value of the secondary Secondary Sweep Variable the device or parameter in the circuit whose value you wish to have swept and used as a control to sweepi
244. ion Models and Analyses Reference 246 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 B1 3 4 V v 5 CYCLES model adc_mod xadc model dav_mod xdav model fcvs_mod xsimcode file MODEL_PATH fcvs scb func fcvs VIL VIL VIH VIH ENDS FTOV Values of 0 1 and 0 2 are entered respectively for Vil and Vih in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XV2 IN 0 A 0 FTOV 0 Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT FTOV 0 1 2 3 4 A2 1 2 10 20 ADC_MOD A2 10 20 40 FCVS_MOD A3 40 5 DAV_MOD B1 3 4 V V 5 1E 3 MODEL ADC_MOD XADC MODEL DAV_MOD XDAV MODEL FCVS_MOD XSIMCODE FILE D PROGRAM FILES ALTIUM Library Sim FCVS SCB FUNC FCVS VIL 1E 1 VIH 2E 1 ENDS FTOV Notice that the Netlister has pre evaluated the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the overriding values for the parameters Vil and Vih as defined in the Sim Model dialog and the default value for the parameter Cycles as defined in the FTOV ckt file Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 247 Fuse Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL PARAMS RESISTANCE RESISTANCE RESISTANCE CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in t
245. ion Models and Analyses Reference 316 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT COSV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT COSV 1 2 BX 2 0 V COS V 1 ENDS COSV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 317 Cosine of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name COSVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file COSVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Cosine of Voltage SUBCKT COSVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V COS V 1 2 ENDS COSVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 318 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the COSVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 COSVR Models and Subcircuit
246. it SPICE Prefix X Model Name LNI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file LNI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Natural logarithm of Current SUBCKT LNI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I LN I VX ENDS LNI Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 397 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LOGI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 LNI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT LNI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I LN I VX ENDS LNI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 398 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 399 Natural Logarithm of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name LNV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file LNV ckt associa
247. k Signal Frequency 1k All other parameters for the model are left at their default values the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist I1 IN 0 DC 0 SFFM 0 1m 10k 5 1k AC 1 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 90 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Non Linear Dependent Current Source Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Equation SPICE Prefix B SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 I EQUATION Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Equation expression defining the source waveform Notes Standard SPICE non linear dependant current source This source is sometimes called an Equation defined source as the output is defined by a user defined equation often referencing currents at other nodes in the circuit The current waveform is described by I expression where expression is the user defined equation entered in the corresponding Equation parameter field The following standard functions can be used to create the expression ABS absolute value function ABS x returns the value of x LN natural logarithm function where LN e 1 SQRT square root function
248. l Signal analysis is defined with the following parameter values Start Frequency 1 000 Stop Frequency 1 000meg Sweep Type Decade Test Points 100 Total Test Points 601 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 466 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses AC DEC 100 1 1E6 and running the simulation will yield the output waveforms shown in the image below Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 467 Impedance Plot Analysis Description An Impedance Plot analysis shows the impedance seen by any two terminal source in the circuit Setup An Impedance Plot does not have a separate setup page of its own and is normally run and plotted as part of an AC Small Signal analysis To include Impedance Plot analysis results in an AC Small Signal analysis ensure that the Collect Data For field on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog is set to one of the following Node Voltage Supply and Device Current Node Voltage Supply Current Device Current and Power Node Voltage Supply Current and Subcircuit VARs Active Signals Locate the source of interest in the Available Signals list and add it to the Active Signals list The signal will appear with a z suffix indicating that it is an impedance based signal For example a source in the circuit with the designator
249. l Sub Kind Resistor SPICE Prefix R SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 VALUE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Value value for the resistance in Ohms Examples Consider the resistor in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 Top is connected to net Output Pin2 Bot is connected to net GND Designator is RLoad Value 25k the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist RLoad OUTPUT 0 25k the ground net is always defined as 0 in the netlist Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 43 Resistor Semiconductor Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Resistor Semiconductor SPICE Prefix R SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 amp VALUE amp MODEL LENGTH L LENGTH WIDTH W WIDTH TEMPERATURE TEMP TEMPERATURE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog
250. l override for output drive capacity index on SimCode devices None Minimum Typical Maximum None Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 493 SPICE Option Description Default Value GMIN Sets min conductance max resistance of any device in the circuit in mhos Also sets value of the conductance that is placed in parallel with each pn junction in the circuit 1 000p GMINSTEP Sets the number of steps in the GMIN stepping algorithm When set to 0 GMIN stepping is disabled making source stepping the simulator s default DC operating point convergence algorithm 10 IMNTYMX Temporary global override for supply current index on SimCode devices None Minimum Typical Maximum None ITL1 Sets Operating Point Analysis iteration limit 100 ITL2 Sets DC Analysis iteration limit 50 ITL3 Sets lower Transient Analysis iteration limit 4 ITL4 Sets Transient Analysis timepoint iteration limit 40 ITL5 Sets Transient Analysis total iteration limit 5000 KEEPOPINFO Retains operating point information when an AC Analysis is run Disabled LDMNTYMX Temporary global override for input loading index on SimCode devices None Minimum Typical Maximum None LIST Displays a comprehensive list of all elements in the circuit with connectivity and values Disabled LOADMNS Sets scale factor used to determine min input loading max input resistance when value not speci
251. lation Sources IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 127 Examples Consider the voltage controlled voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net N7 Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net N10 Pin3 positive output node is connected to net N11 Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND Designator is ELIM Gain 1 the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist ELIM N11 0 N7 N10 1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 128 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Initial Conditions Initial Condition Model Kind Initial Condition Model Sub Kind Set Initial Condition SPICE Prefix None SPICE Netlist Template Format IC V 1 INITIAL VOLTAGE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Initial Voltage amplitude of the node voltage in Volts Notes The Initial Condition device is used for setting transient initial conditions The use of the device depends upon the setting of the Use Initial Conditions option in the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of
252. lay tRT is the Rise Time tFD is the Fall Delay and tFT is the Fall Time Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 86 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The simulation ready exponential current source component IEXP can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 87 Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Current Source Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Single Frequency FM SPICE Prefix I SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITUDE SFFM OFFSET AMPLITUDE CARRIER FREQUENCY MODULATION INDEX SIGNAL FREQUENCY AC MAGNITUDE AC AC MAGNITUDE AC PHASE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Offset the DC offset of the signal generator in Amps Default 2 5 Amplitude
253. le EXPI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Exponential of Current SUBCKT EXPI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I EXP I VX ENDS EXPI Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 330 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the EXPI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN 0 OUT 0 EXPI Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT EXPI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I EXP I VX ENDS EXPI The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 331 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 332 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Exponential of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name EXPV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file EXPV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Exponential of Voltage SUBCK
254. les Consider the s domain transfer function in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 in is connected to net In Pin2 out is connected to net Out Designator is U1 num_coeff 1 den_coeff 1 0 937 1 689 0 974 0 581 0 123 int_ic 0 0 0 0 0 0 denormalized_freq 18849 5559 rads s 3kHz All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The transfer function represented by the model is that of a normalized 5th order Chebychev lowpass filter with passband ripple of 1dB The value entered in the denormalized_freq parameter will move the corner frequency to 3kHz from the normalized 1 rad s or 159mHz The normalized transfer function for the filter is 1 G s 1s5 0 937s4 1 689s3 0 974s2 0 581s 0 123 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN OUT AU1SXFER MODEL AU1SXFER s_xfer num_coeff 1 den_coeff 1 0 937 1 689 0 974 0 581 0 123 int_ic 0 0 0 0 0 0 denormalized_freq 18849 5559 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running an AC Small Signal analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 219 By plotting the magnitude response in dBs the corner frequency can be seen more clearly Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 2
255. loating point value e g 3 142 As an integer or floating point value followed by an integer exponent e g 10E 2 3 14E2 As an integer or floating point value followed by a valid scale factor With respect to the last format the following is a list of valid scale factors multipliers that can be used Scale Factor Represents T 1012 G 109 Meg 106 K 103 mil 25 4 6 m 10 3 u or 10 6 n 10 9 p 10 12 f 10 15 Notes Letters immediately following a value that are not valid scale factors will be ignored Letters immediately following a valid scale factor are also ignored They can be beneficial as a reference to measurement units used when viewing the component on the schematic and the relevant parameter is made visible The scale factor must immediately follow the value spaces are not permitted The scale factors may be entered in either lower or upper case or a mixture thereof Examples 10 10V 10Volts and 10Hz all represent the same number 10 The letters are ignored in all cases as none of them are valid scale factors M m MA MSec and MMhos all represent the same scale factor 10 3 In each case the letters after the first m are ignored 1000 1000 0 1000Hz 1e3 1 0e3 1KHz and 1K all represent the same number 1000 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 4 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation ready Components Quick Reference Within the vast array of
256. lowing characteristics Pin1 input is connected to net In1 Pin2 output is connected to net Out Designator is U1 In_Low 5V In_High 5V Out_Lower_Limit 8V Out_Upper_Limit 8V All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN1 OUT AU1HYST MODEL AU1HYST hyst in_low 5 in_high 5 out_lower_limit 8 out_upper_limit 8 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 182 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 183 Hysteresis Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name HYST SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR HYST MODEL DESIGNATOR HYST hyst in_low in_low in_low in_high in_high in_high hyst hyst hyst out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit input_domain input_domain input_domain fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on t
257. ls can be placed in the same file with each reference by means of a special func parameter The SPICE prefix for theses models is A Digital SimCode is a proprietary language devices created with it are not compatible with other simulators nor are digital components created for other simulators compatible with the Altium Designer based mixed signal Simulator Notes For more detailed information concerning SPICE and XSPICE consult the respective user manuals for each The XSpice manual is particularly useful for learning about the syntax required for the Code Models added to XSPICE by GTRI and extensions that have been made to SPICE3 Many of the component libraries IntLib that come with the installation feature simulation ready devices These devices have the necessary model or sub circuit file included and linked to the schematic component These are pure SPICE models for maximum compatibility with analog simulators There were no syntax changes made between SPICE3f3 and SPICE3f5 The manual for SPICE3f3 therefore describes the correct syntax for the netlist and models supported by the Altium Designer based mixed signal Simulator Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 3 Component and Simulation Multipliers When entering a value for a component or other simulation related parameter the value can be entered in one of the following formats As an integer value e g 10 As a f
258. lt 1 Frequency frequency of the sinusoidal output voltage in Hz Default 1K Delay delay time until the source voltage commences in seconds Default 0 Damping Factor the rate at which the sinusoid decreases increases in amplitude in 1 seconds A positive value results in an exponentially decreasing Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 124 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 amplitude a negative value gives an increasing amplitude A zero 0 value gives a constant amplitude sine wave Default 0 Phase phase shift of the sinusoid at time zero in Degrees Default 0 Notes The image below shows an example of the waveform produced by a sinusoidal voltage source with the parameters set to the default values The shape of the waveform is described by the following formulae V t0 to tD VO V tD to tSTOP VO VA e t tD THETA sin 2 F t tD where t is an instance of time VO is the DC offset voltage of the signal generator VA is the maximum amplitude of the output swing excluding the DC offset F is the Frequency tD is the Delay and THETA is the Damping Factor The simulation ready sinusoidal voltage source component VSIN can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 125 Examples Consider the sinuso
259. lues list entered in the associated model file If no LEVEL parameter is declared the default Schichman Hodges model will be used The Bulk substrate node is connected by default to the Source node If any of Length Width Drain Area or Source Area parameters are not specified default values will be used The NRD and NRS parameter values are used to multiply the sheet resistance RSH in order to obtain an accurate representation of the parasitic series drain and source resistance of each transistor Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 64 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The values for the Initial D S G S and B S Voltages only apply if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled in the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The Temperature parameter applies only to LEVEL 1 2 3 and 6 MOSFET models i e not BSIM type models The BSIM and BSIM2 models are designed to be used with a process characterization system This system is responsible for providing all parameter information values automatically through the use of a process file and therefore no default parameter values are specified As a consequence all parameters are required to be specified and the absence of any will result in an error If the XPART parameter BSIM models is set to 0 a 40 60 drain source charge partition in saturation is selected If this parameter is set to 1 a 0 100 drain source charge partition is selected Certa
260. lyses Reference 56 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Metal Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor MESFET Model Kind Transistor Model Sub Kind MESFET SPICE Prefix Z SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL amp AREA FACTOR amp STARTING CONDITION INITIAL D S VOLTAGE IC INITIAL D S VOLTAGE INITIAL G S VOLTAGE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Area Factor specifies the number of equivalent parallel devices of the specified model This setting affects a number of parameters in the model Starting Condition set to OFF to set terminal voltages to zero during operating point analysis Can be useful as an aid in convergence Initial D S Voltage time zero voltage across Drain Source terminals in Volts Initial G S Voltage time zero voltage across Gate Source terminals in Volts Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the model file directly VTO pinch off voltage in Volts Default 2 0 BETA transconductance parameter in A V2 Default 1 0e 4 B doping tail extending parameter in 1 V Default 0 3 ALPHA satu
261. m one of two sources You can describe the waveform with a set of points that you enter directly into the Time Value Pairs list in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog Use the available Add and Delete buttons to define new points or remove existing ones respectively There is no upper limit on the number of points you can define for the waveform The time specified for each successive point Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 94 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 must be more positive than its predecessor If it is not the cycle will end excluding that and all successive points You can define the waveform in an ASCII text file containing an indefinite number of points The file must be stored in the same location as the parent project file with the extension PWL The file is referenced by entering its name including extension in the Model Location region s In File field in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The following criteria must be adhered to when defining the data in the file Values must be entered in pairs a time position followed by an amplitude The first character of each data line must be a plus sign and each line may contain up to 255 characters Values must be separated by one or more spaces or tabs Values may be entered in either scientific or engineering notation Comment lines may be added by making the first character of the line an asterisk The foll
262. mall message and aborts the simulation Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 500 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 General simulation convergence troubleshooting When a simulation analysis fails the most common problem is failure of the circuit to converge to a sensible operating point Use the following techniques to solve convergence problems Convergence trouble shooting steps 1 When you have a convergence problem first turn off all the analyses except the Operating Point analysis 2 Consult the Messages panel for any errors warnings relating to simulation 3 Make sure the circuit is wired correctly Dangling nodes and stray parts are not allowed 4 Ensure that the circuit has a ground node and that every node in the circuit has a DC path to this ground Components that can isolate a node include transformers and capacitors Voltage sources are considered a DC short circuit current sources are considered a DC open circuit 5 Ensure that zeros have not been confused with the letter O when entering simulation parameters 6 Ensure that proper SPICE multipliers have been specified MEG instead of M for 1E 6 for any component values or simulation parameters Multipliers are not case sensitive Also spaces between values and multipliers are not allowed For example it should be 1 0uF not 1 0 uF 7 Make sure all devices and sources are set to their proper values 8 Make sure the gain of any dependent source is
263. mit den_lower_limit den_lower_limit den_domain den_domain den_domain fraction fraction fraction out_gain out_gain out_gain out_offset out_offset out_offset Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Num_Offset numerator offset Default 0 Num_Gain numerator gain Default 1 Den_Offset denominator offset Default 0 Den_Gain denominator gain Default 1 Den_Lower_Limit denominator lower limit Default 1 0e 10 Den_Domain denominator smoothing domain Default 1 0e 10 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 169 Fraction used to control whether the smoothing domain is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default FALSE Out_Gain output gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a two quadrant divider It takes two inputs one specified as the numerator the other as the denominator and processes them to obtain the output result as follows The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the Num_Offset and Den_Offset parameters The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for
264. n Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 13 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix Capacitor with default value 100pF D Schottky Schottky Diode SKYDIODE SKYDIODE mdl D D Varactor Variable Capacitance Diode BBY31 BBY31 mdl D D Zener Zener Diode ZENER ZENER mdl D DAC 8 Generic 8 bit D A Converter DAC8 DAC8 mdl A Diode Default Diode DIODE DIODE mdl D D Tunnel1 Tunnel Diode RLC Model DTUNNEL1 DTUNNEL1 ckt X D Tunnel2 Tunnel Diode Dependent Source Model DTUNNEL2 DTUNNEL2 ckt X Dpy Amber CA Common Anode Seven Segment Display Right Hand Decimal AMBERCA AMBERCA ckt X Dpy Amber CC Common Cathhode Seven Segment Display Right Hand Decimal AMBERCC AMBERCC ckt X Dpy Blue CA Common Anode Seven Segment Display Right Hand Decimal BLUECA BLUECA ckt X Dpy Blue CC Common Cathhode Seven Segment Display Right Hand Decimal BLUECC BLUECC ckt X Dpy Green CA Common Anode Seven Segment Display Right Hand Decimal GREENCA GREENCA ckt X Dpy Green CC Common Cathhode Seven Segment Display Right Hand GREENCC GREENCC ckt X Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 14 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix Decimal Dpy Red CA Common Anode Seven Segment Display Right Hand Decimal REDCA REDCA ckt X Dpy Red CC Common Cathhode Seven Segment
265. n be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 235 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 236 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Summer Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SUMR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL PARAMS x_offset x_offset x_offset y_offset y_offset y_offset x_gain x_gain x_gain y_gain y_gain y_gain out_gain out_gain out_gain out_offset out_offset out_offset Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog X_Offset X input offset Default 0 Y_Offset Y input offset Default 0 X_Gain X input gain Default 1 Y_Gain Y input gain Default 1 Out_Gain output gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a two input summer with offset and gain adjustment available on both inputs and output It takes the inputs and processes them to obtain the output result as follows Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 237
266. n is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default TRUE Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 211 Notes The function of this model is to take the input signal and provide an output that is dependent on a piece wise linear waveform as defined by coordinate values specified in the x_array and y_array parameters The x_array parameter values are input coordinate points progressively increasing while the y_array parameter values represent the corresponding outputs at those points You could think of the function as being analogous to a look up table where the input signal amplitude is mapped to the corresponding input value in the x_array and then the y_array value that this is paired with is used for the output signal For values of the input signal that are smaller than the first element value of x_array and greater than that of the last the function uses the lowest and highest two coordinate pairs respectively and extends the slope between each The function is therefore perfectly linear before the first coordinate and after the last coordinate specified by the arrays The PWL function does not have inherent output limiting Care should therefore be taken as it is quite possible to end up with excessively large or small outputs for larger values of input The use of the smoothing domain around each coordinate point in the defined PWL waveform reduces the possibility of non con
267. n potential in Volts Default 0 75 MJE B E junction exponential factor Default 0 33 TF ideal forward transit time in seconds Default 0 XTF coefficient for bias dependence of TF Default 0 VTF voltage describing VBC dependence of TF in Volts Default infinite ITF high current parameter for effect on TF in Amps Default 0 PTF excess phase at freq 1 0 TF 2PI Hz in Degrees Default 0 CJC B C zero bias depletion capacitance in Farads Default 0 VJC B C built in potential in Volts Default 0 75 MJC B C junction exponential factor Default 0 33 XCJC fraction of B C depletion capacitance connected to internal base node Default 1 TR ideal reverse transit time in seconds Default 0 CJS zero bias collector substrate capacitance in Farads Default 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 49 VJS substrate junction built in potential in Volts Default 0 75 MJS substrate junction exponential factor Default 0 XTB forward and reverse beta temperature exponent Default 0 EG energy gap for temperature effect on IS in eV Default 1 11 XTI temperature exponent for effect on IS Default 3 KF flicker noise coefficient Default 0 AF flicker noise exponent Default 1 FC coefficient for forward bias depletion cap
268. n the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 339 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 340 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Hyperbolic Arc Cosine of Voltage Single Ended Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ACOSHV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ACOSHV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc cosine of Voltage SUBCKT ACOSHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ACOSH V 1 ENDS ACOSHV The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 341 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ACOSHV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ACOSHV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ACOSHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ACOSH V 1 ENDS ACOSHV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 342 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Hyp
269. nd are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain gain default 1 Notes This is a sensing device which is attached to a node in the circuit and produces as an output a scaled value equal to the total inductance seen on its input multiplied by the value assigned to the Gain parameter This model is useful as a building block for other models which require to sense an inductance value and adjust their behavior with respect to it The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 187 Examples Consider the inductance meter in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 input is connected to net NetL1_2 Pin2 output is connected to net Out Designator is U1 Gain 10 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 NetL1_2 OUT AU1LMETER MODEL AU1LMETER lmeter gain 10 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 188 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 189 Inductance Meter Differential I O Model Kind Ge
270. neral Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name LMETER SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR LMETER MODEL DESIGNATOR LMETER lmeter gain gain gain Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Gain gain default 1 Notes This is a sensing device which is attached to a node in the circuit and produces as an output a scaled value equal to the total inductance seen on its input multiplied by the value assigned to the Gain parameter This model is useful as a building block for other models which require to sense an inductance value and adjust their behavior with respect to it The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 190 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the inductance meter in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 Gain 25 The entr
271. ng the Primary Sweep Variable All possible variables that can be swept in the circuit are automatically loaded into a convenient drop down list from which to choose Secondary Start Value the initial value for the Secondary Sweep Variable Secondary Stop Value the final value in the required sweep range for the Secondary Sweep Variable Secondary Step Value the incremental step to be used in determining the sweep values across the defined sweep range Secondary Sweep Type as per Primary Sweep Type above but applied to the generation of values to be used for the Secondary Sweep Variable Notes At least one of the standard analysis types AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise must be enabled in order to perform a Parameter Sweep analysis The parameter to be swept can be a single designation or a designation with a device parameter in brackets The following are some valid examples RF Resistor with designation RF Q3 bf Beta forward on transistor Q3 R3 r Resistance of potentiometer R3 option temp Temperature U5 tp_val Propagation delays of digital device U5 Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Running a Parameter Sweep can result in a large amount of data being calculated To limit the amount of data calculated you can set the Collect Data For option
272. ns 1 The degree of the numerator polynomial cannot exceed that of the denominator polynomial 2 All polynomial coefficients must be stated explicitly even if a coefficient is zero The model takes the single ended input signal applies any offset and gain specified by the in_offset and gain parameters and then multiplies the result by the transfer function determined by the polynomial coefficient entered in the respective num_coeff and den_coeff parameters When specifying the coefficients for numerator and denominator the highest powered term coefficient must be entered first followed by those coefficients for subsequent decreasing power terms There are no limits on the internal signal values or on the output of the transfer function Care should therefore be taken when specifying coefficients and gain so that excessively large output values do not result In AC Small Signal analysis the output of the function is equal to the real and imaginary components of the total s domain transfer function at each frequency of interest The int_ic parameter is an array that must be the same size as the array of values specified for the den_coeff parameter For example if there are three coefficient entries defined in the den_coeff parameter then the int_ic parameter must also have three entries using spaces as separators By default this parameter has the value 0 The size of the array is not initialized by default This means that if the d
273. nt parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc The simulation ready voltage controlled sine wave oscillator component VCO Sine can be found in the Simulation Special Function integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Special Function IntLib Examples Consider the voltage controlled sine wave oscillator in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive controlling node is connected to net IN Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND Pin3 positive output node is connected to net OUT Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND Designator is V1 The linked simulation sub circuit file is SINEVCO ckt with the following content Voltage Controlled Sine Wave Oscillator LOW Peak output low value Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 257 HIGH Peak output high value C1 Input control voltage point 1 C2 Input control voltage point 2 C3 Input control voltage point 3 C4 Input control voltage point 4 C5 Input control voltage point 5 F1 Output frequency point 1 F2 Output frequency point 2 F3 Output frequency point 3 F4 Output frequency point 4 F5 Output frequency point 5 Connections In In Out Out SUBCKT SINEVC
274. o access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Length length of the RC line in meters Default 1 No Segments the number of lumped segments to use in modeling the RC line Default 6 Parameters definable within model file The following is a list of parameters that can be stored in the model file directly K propagation constant Default 2 FMAX maximum frequency of interest in Hertz Default 1 0G RPERL resistance per unit length in Ohms m Default 1000 CPERL capacitance per unit length in Farads m Default 1 0e 15 ISPERL saturation current per unit length in Amps m Default 0 RSPERL diode resistance per unit length in Ohms m Default 0 Notes The model is derived from a model proposed by L Gertzberrg The model is accomplished by a subcircuit type expansion of the URC line into a network of lumped RC segments with internally generated nodes The RC segments are in geometric progression increasing toward the middle of the line with K as a proportionality constant If a value for the number of lumped segments to be used in modelling the line is not specified it will be calculated using the following formula N log FMAX R L C L 2 Pi L2 K 1 K 2 logK Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 78 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Th
275. odel Name PWL SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR PWL MODEL DESIGNATOR PWL pwl x_array x_array y_array y_array input_domain input_domain input_domain fraction fraction fraction Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog x_array x element array Enter a list of progressively increasing values using spaces as separators At least two values must be entered for the array y_array y element array Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least two values must be entered for the array input_domain input smoothing domain Enter a value in the range 1 0e 12 to 0 5 Default 0 01 fraction used to control whether the smoothing domain is specified as a fractional TRUE or absolute FALSE value Default TRUE Notes The function of this model is to take the input signal and provide an output that is dependent on a piece wise linear waveform as defined by coordinate values specified in the x_array and y_array parameters Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 214 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The x_array parameter values are input coordinate points progressively increasing
276. odel dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XY1 N1 N2 3 5795MHZ Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 243 Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT 3 5795MHZ 1 2 LX 1 3 7 11307020366E 3 IC 0 5M CX 3 4 2 7785430483E 13 C0 1 2 1 8E 11 RS 4 2 1 6E 2 ENDS Notice that the Netlister has pre evaluated the formulae in the sub circuit definition As no overriding values for the parameters have been specified in the Sim Model dialog the defaults have been used as specified in the sub circuit file If the following overriding parameter values were specified in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog FREQ 10MEGHz Q 10000 then the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XY1 N1 N2 3 5795MHZ 0 Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT 3 5795MHZ 0 1 2 LX 1 3 2 54647913291E 2 IC 0 5M CX 3 4 9 94718411292E 15 C0 1 2 1 8E 11 RS 4 2 1 6E 2 ENDS In this case the Netlister pre evaluates the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the values for FREQ and Q from the Sim Model dialog and the default values for RS and C as defined in the 3 5795MHZ ckt file Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 244 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Frequency to Voltage Converter Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3
277. of a crystal open the appropriate sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 242 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 SPICE does not support parameterized sub circuits To cater for this the Netlister pre evaluates the formulae contained within a sub circuit file and enters the results directly into the netlist To distinguish between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc Examples Consider the crystal in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 is connected to net N1 Pin2 is connected to net N2 Designator is Y1 The linked simulation sub circuit file is 3 5795MHz ckt with the following content Crystal Subcircuit Parameters FREQ Fundamental frequency RS Series resistance C Parallel capacitance Q Quality Factor CTS Color Burst alias XCRYSTAL FREQ 3 58E6 RS 160 C 1 8E 11 pkg HC49 SUBCKT 3 5795MHZ 1 2 PARAMS FREQ 3 58E6 RS 160 C 1 8E 11 Q 1000 LX 1 3 Q RS 6 2831852 FREQ IC 0 5M CX 3 4 1 Q 6 2831852 FREQ RS C0 1 2 C RS 4 2 RS ENDS If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim M
278. ogarithmic Amplifier IntLib BB Operational Amplifier IntLib BB Transconductance Amplifier IntLib BB Universal Active Filter IntLib BB Voltage Controlled Amplifier IntLib ECS ECS Crystal Oscillator IntLib Elantec Elantec Amplifier Buffer IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 20 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Elantec Analog Comparator IntLib Elantec Analog Multiplier Divider IntLib Elantec Interface Line Transceiver IntLib Elantec Operational Amplifier IntLib Elantec Video Amplifier IntLib Elantec Video Gain Control Circuit IntLib Fairchild Semiconductor FSC Discrete BJT IntLib FSC Discrete Diode IntLib FSC Discrete Rectifier IntLib FSC Interface Display Driver IntLib FSC Interface Line Transceiver IntLib FSC Logic Buffer Line Driver IntLib FSC Logic Counter IntLib FSC Logic Decoder Demux IntLib FSC Logic Flip Flop IntLib FSC Logic Gate IntLib FSC Logic Latch IntLib FSC Logic Multiplexer IntLib FSC Logic Parity Gen Check Detect IntLib FSC Logic Register IntLib International Rectifier IR Discrete Diode IntLib IR Discrete IGBT IntLib IR Discrete MOSFET IntLib IR Discrete SCR IntLib Intersil Intersil Discrete BJT IntLib Intersil Discrete MOSFET IntLib Intersil Operational Amplifier IntLib KE
279. oltage is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 434 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the TANVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 TANVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT TANVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V TAN V 1 2 ENDS TANVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 435 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 436 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Unary Minus Unary Minus of Current Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name UNARYI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file UNARYI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Unary of Current SUBCKT UNARYI 1 2 3 4 VX 1 2 0 BX 4 3 I I VX ENDS UNARYI Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 437 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the UNARYI component the entries in the
280. only When running an AC Small Signal analysis the results are only valid when one of the two inputs not both is connected to an AC signal The input signals can be either differential current or differential voltage signals Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 173 Consider the divider in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive num input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative num input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive den input is connected to net In3 Pin4 negative den input is connected to net In4 Pin5 positive output is connected to net Out Pin6 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 Out_Gain 4 All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN1 IN2 vd IN3 IN4 vd OUT 0 AU1DIVIDE MODEL AU1DIVIDE divide out_gain 4 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 174 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Gain Gain Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name GAIN SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR GAIN MODEL DESIGNATOR GAIN gain in_offset in_o
281. ontrolling node is connected to net IN Pin2 negative controlling node is connected to net GND Pin3 positive output node is connected to net OUT Pin4 negative output node is connected to net GND Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 261 Designator is V1 The linked simulation sub circuit file is SQRVCO ckt with the following content Voltage Controlled Square Wave Oscillator LOW Peak output low value HIGH Peak output high value CYCLE Duty cycle RISE Rise time FALL Fall time C1 Input control voltage point 1 C2 Input control voltage point 2 C3 Input control voltage point 3 C4 Input control voltage point 4 C5 Input control voltage point 5 F1 Output frequency point 1 F2 Output frequency point 2 F3 Output frequency point 3 F4 Output frequency point 4 F5 Output frequency point 5 Connections In In Out Out SUBCKT SQRVCO 1 2 3 4 PARAMS C1 0 C2 1 C3 2 C4 3 C5 4 F1 0 F2 1k F3 2k F4 3k F5 4k LOW 0 HIGH 5 CYCLE 0 5 RISE 1u FALL 1u A1 vd 1 2 vd 3 4 ASQRVCO MODEL ASQRVCO square cntl_array C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 freq_array F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 out_low LOW out_high HIGH duty_cycle CYCLE rise_time RISE fall_time FALL ENDS SQRVCO No overriding values for the parameters are entered in the Parameters tab o
282. or IntLib NSC Logic Counter IntLib NSC Logic Decoder Demux IntLib NSC Logic Flip Flop IntLib NSC Logic Gate IntLib NSC Logic Latch IntLib NSC Logic Multiplexer IntLib NSC Logic Parity Gen Check Detect IntLib NSC Logic Register IntLib NSC Operational Amplifier IntLib NSC Power Mgt Voltage Regulator IntLib Raltron Electronics Raltron Crystal Oscillator IntLib ST Microelectronics ST Discrete BJT IntLib ST Interface Display Driver IntLib ST Logic Arithmetic IntLib ST Logic Buffer Line Driver IntLib ST Logic Comparator IntLib ST Logic Counter IntLib ST Logic Decoder IntLib ST Logic Flip Flop IntLib ST Logic Gate IntLib ST Logic Latch IntLib ST Logic Multiplexer IntLib ST Logic Register IntLib ST Operational Amplifier IntLib Teccor Electronics Teccor Discrete SCR IntLib Teccor Discrete TRIAC IntLib Texas Instruments TI Analog Comparator IntLib TI Interface 8 bit Line Transceiver IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 23 TI Interface Display Driver IntLib TI Interface Line Transceiver IntLib TI Logic Arithmetic IntLib TI Logic Buffer Line Driver IntLib TI Logic Comparator IntLib TI Logic Counter IntLib TI Logic Decoder Demux IntLib TI Logic Flip
283. outputs would by default be 5 volts However if VOH was set to 8 then a high level on one of its outputs would be 8 volts Examples Consider part U9A of the DIP14 logical invertor package in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 Input is connected to net Q1 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 447 Pin2 Output is connected to net B3 Pin7 of the package is connected to net GND Pin14 of the package is connected to net VCC Designator is U9A No parameter value are specified in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog The SPICE Netlist Template Format for this device is DESIGNATOR 1i 2i 3i 1o 3o 4o MODEL The linked simulation model file is 74LS04 mdl with the following definition LS Hex Inverter type digital pkg DIP14 DVCC 14 DGND 7 A 1 2 B 3 4 C 5 6 D 9 8 E 11 10 F 13 12 MODEL 74LS04 xsimcode file MODEL_PATH LS SCB func ls04 mntymx Origin 4049 mod the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU9A VCC AD GND AD Q1 DV VCC DA Q1 DV B3 DA 74LS04 Models and Subcircuit MODEL 74LS04 XSIMCODE FILE C Program Files Altium Library Sim LS SCB FUNC LS04 The SPICE engine is directed to use the compiled model for the device located in the file LS scb along the indicated path The particular SimCode function to use as there are possibly many mo
284. owing example illustrates the typical format for the content in a pwl file Random Noise Data 0 00000e 3 0 6667 0 00781e 3 0 6372 0 01563e 3 0 1177 0 02344e 3 0 6058 0 03125e 3 0 2386 0 03906e 3 1 1258 0 04688e 3 1 6164 0 05469e 3 0 3136 0 06250e 3 1 0934 The image below shows an example of the waveform produced by a PWL current source with the parameters set to the default values Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 95 The value for the current at intermediate values of time is calculated using linear interpolation on input values The value of the current at time points subsequent to the last time point defined will be the current value defined for that last time point Similarly if the waveform has been described starting at a time other than zero all points in time back to zero will have that current which is defined for the first time point of the waveform The simulation ready piecewise linear current source component IPWL can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the piecewise linear current source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net GND Pin2 negative is connected to net IN Designator is I1 Time Value Pair entries are Time s Current A 0 1e 4 2m 3e 4
285. pacitance per meter channel width in Farads per meter Default 0 CGBO Gate Bulk overlap capacitance per meter channel length in Farads per meter Default 0 RSH Drain and Source diffusion sheet resistance in Ohms Default 0 CJ zero bias bulk junction bottom capacitance per square meter of junction area in Farads m2 Default 0 MJ bulk junction bottom grading coefficient Default 0 5 CJSW zero bias bulk junction sidewall capacitance per meter of junction perimeter in Farads meter Default 0 MJSW bulk junction sidewall grading coefficient Default 0 5 LEVEL1 0 33 LEVEL2 3 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 61 JS bulk junction saturation current per square meter of junction area in Amps m2 TOX oxide thickness in meters Default 1 0e 7 NSUB substrate doping in 1 cm3 Default 0 NSS surface state density in 1 cm2 Default 0 NFS fast surface state density in 1 cm2 Default 0 TPG type of gate material 1 default opposite to substrate 1 same as substrate 0 Al gate XJ metallurgical junction depth in meters Default 0 LD lateral diffusion in meters Default 0 UO surface mobility in cm2 Vs Default 600 UCRIT critical field for mobility degradation in V cm This parameter is applicable to the MOS2 model only Default
286. param gt s ss s Text between first s s separators if lt param gt is NOT defined else the second s s separators lt param gt s s Text between s s separators if lt param gt is defined but ignore the rest of the template if lt param gt is NOT defined s s Text between s s separators if there is any text to be entered into the XSPICE netlist from subsequent entries in the Netlist Template lt pin id gt The net name of the net to which the schematic pin mapped to lt pin id gt connects A literal percent character In the above table s represents a separator character lt param gt refers to the name of a parameter If the parameter name contains any non alphanumeric characters it should be enclosed in double quotes For example DC Magnitude double quotes used here because the name contains a space amp Init_Cond double quotes used here because the name contains an underscore Double quotes should also be used when you wish to add an alphanumeric prefix to a parameter name For example DESIGNATOR A the use of the double quotes ensures that A is appended to the component designator Syntax Examples The following are examples of the special character syntax entries in the previous table Information is given in each case about how the syntax entry is translated by the Netlister AC Phase The parameter name AC Phase is enclosed in braces because
287. parameter is enabled in the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog In this case analysis starts from the defined initial conditions current and voltage of the circuit An Operating Point analysis is automatically performed prior to an AC Small Signal Noise and Pole Zero analysis in order to determine the linearized small signal models for all non linear devices in the circuit It does not take into account the existence of any AC sources The simulation results are displayed on the Operating Point tab of the Waveform Analysis window Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 453 Transient Analysis Description A Transient analysis generates output similar to that normally shown on an oscilloscope computing the transient output variables voltage or current as a function of time over the user specified time interval An Operating Point analysis is automatically performed prior to a Transient analysis to determine the DC bias of the circuit unless the Use Initial Conditions parameter is enabled Setup Transient analysis is set up on the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Transient Fourier Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list The default setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below Parameters Transient Stat Time the value for the start of the required time interval fo
288. published reviews is prohibited without the express written permission of Altium Limited Unauthorized duplication of this work may also be prohibited by local statute Violators may be subject to both criminal and civil penalties including fines and or imprisonment Altium Altium Designer CAMtastic Design Explorer DXP LiveDesign NanoBoard Nexar nVisage P CAD Protel Situs TASKING and Topological Autorouting and their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Altium Limited or its subsidiaries All other registered or unregistered trademarks referenced herein are the property of their respective owners and no trademark rights to the same are claimed
289. quency of interest is 1 rad s and then move the corner frequency to the one of interest Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 222 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 denormalizing the tranfer function Default 1 Notes This model provides a single input single output transfer function in the Laplace transform variable s This function enables you to modulate the frequency domain characteristics of a signal The s domain transfer function you define must adhere to the following two restrictions 1 The degree of the numerator polynomial cannot exceed that of the denominator polynomial 2 All polynomial coefficients must be stated explicitly even if a coefficient is zero The model takes the differential input signal applies any offset and gain specified by the in_offset and gain parameters and then multiplies the result by the transfer function determined by the polynomial coefficient entered in the respective num_coeff and den_coeff parameters When specifying the coefficients for numerator and denominator the highest powered term coefficient must be entered first followed by those coefficients for subsequent decreasing power terms There are no limits on the internal signal values or on the output of the transfer function Care should therefore be taken when specifying coefficients and gain so that excessively large output values do not result In AC Small Signal analysis the output of the function is equal to the real
290. r analysis in seconds Transient Stop Time the value for the end of the required time interval for analysis in seconds Transient Step Time the nominal time increment used in the analysis Transient Max Step Time the maximum variation in size of the time step that can be used by the Simulator when calculating the transient data By default the value used is either Transient Step Time or Transient Stop Time Transient Start Time 50 whichever is the smaller Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 454 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Use Initial Conditions when enabled the Transient analysis begins from the initial conditions defined in the schematic bypassing the Operating Point analysis Use this option when you wish to perform a transient analysis starting from other than the quiescent operating point Use Transient Defaults when enabled parameters are automatically calculated before each simulation run overriding any manually set values Default Cycles Displayed the default number of periods of a sinusoidal waveform to display This value is used in the automatic calculation of the Transient Stop Time when the Set Defaults button is pressed Default Points Per Cycle the number of data points per sinusoidal waveform period This value is used in the automatic calculation of the Transient Step Time when the Set Defaults button is pressed Notes A Transient analysis alw
291. r_Limit and above Out_Lower_Limit at which smoothing of the output begins The Differentiator function does not include truncation error checking It is therefore not recommended that this function be used to provide integration through the use of a feedback loop Undesirable results may be obtained It is better in this case to use the Integrator function which provides for truncation error checking The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 166 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Differentiator Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name D_DT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR DDT MODEL DESIGNATOR DDT d_dt out_offset out_offset out_offset gain gain gain out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit limit_range limit_range limit_range Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Gain gain default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Limit_Rang
292. ration voltage parameter in 1 V Default 2 LAMBDA channel length modulation parameter in 1 V Default 0 RD drain ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 RS source ohmic resistance in Ohms Default 0 CGS zero bias G S junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 57 CGD zero bias G D junction capacitance in Farads Default 0 PB gate junction potential in Volts Default 1 KF flicker noise coefficient Default 0 AF flicker noise exponent Default 1 FC coefficient for forward bias depletion capacitance formula Default 0 5 Notes The model for the MESFET is based on the GaAs FET model of Statz et al The values for the Initial D S and G S Voltages only apply if the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled in the Transient Fourier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog The Area Factor affects the following model parameters transconductance parameter BETA doping tail extending parameter B saturation voltage parameter ALPHA drain ohmic resistance RD source ohmic resistance RS zero bias G S junction capacitance CGS zero bias G D junction capacitance CGD If the Area Factor is omitted a value of 1 0 is assumed The link to the required model file mdl is specified in the General tab of the Sim
293. re compiled device descriptions in this file is also given ls04 As no parameter values were entered in the Sim Model dialog all parameters will be assigned their default values as specified in the SimCode source Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 449 Simulation Analyses Simulation Analyses The various analyses that can be performed by the Simulator are defined in the Analyses Setup dialog This dialog through its General Setup page also allows you to specify the scope of the simulation and the signals to be automatically displayed upon completion of the simulation Each individual analysis type is configured on a separate page of the dialog Simply click on the analysis name to activate the corresponding setup page The following basic analysis types are supported Operating Point Analysis Transient Analysis Fourier Analysis DC Sweep Analysis AC Small Signal Analysis Impedance Plot Analysis Noise Analysis Pole Zero Analysis Transfer Function Analysis In addition the following more advanced features are available Monte Carlo Analysis Parameter Sweep Temperature Sweep The Advanced Options page of the dialog enables you to define advanced simulation options including the values of SPICE variables the integration method used by the Simulation Engine and the simulation reference net In general yo
294. re enabled AC DC Sweep Operating Point Transient Transfer Function Noise The Monte Carlo analysis can vary basic components and models subcircuit data is not varied during the analysis Setup Monte Carlo analysis is set up on the Monte Carlo Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Monte Carlo Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list The default setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below Parameters Seed this value is used by the Simulator to generate random numbers for the various runs of the analysis If you want to run a simulation with a different series of random numbers this value must be changed to another number Default 1 Distribution this parameter defines the distribution of values obtained during random number generation Three distribution types are available Uniform Default This is a flat distribution Values are uniformly distributed over the specified tolerance range For example for a 1K resistor with a tolerance of 10 there is an equal chance of the randomly generated value being anywhere between 900 and 1100 Gaussian Values are distributed according to a Gaussian bell shaped curve with the center at the nominal value and the specified tolerance at 3 standard deviations For a resistor with a value of 1K 10 the center of the distribution would be at 1000 3 standard deviations is 1100
295. reases simulation speed but may affect the accuracy of the results Using larger values for COMPACTREL and COMPACTABS will result in reduced accuracy but greater simulation speed If defined these parameters will only be applied if the TRYTOCOMPACT option is enabled in the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog The link to the required model file mdl is specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered in the model file The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value A lossy transmission line with zero loss may be more accurate than the lossless transmission line due to implementation details The simulation ready lossy transmission line component LTRA can be found in the Simulation Transmission Line integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Transmission Line IntLib You can easily create and reference your own model file To do this copy the file ltra MDL Edit this new model file and change the string immediately after the MODEL statement to be the same as the new file name then edit the parameters as required For example from the existing model file ltra MDL MODEL LTRA LTRA R 0 000 L 9 130n C 3 650p LEN 1 000 You could
296. rent controlled switch ISW ISW mdl W LIMITER Limiter block single ended current or voltage I O LIMIT Not Required A Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 11 Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix LIMITERR Limiter block differential current or voltage I O LIMIT Not Required A LMETER Inductance meter single ended current or voltage I O LMETER Not Required A LMETERR Inductance meter differential current or voltage I O LMETER Not Required A MULT Multiplier block single ended current or voltage I O MULT MULT ckt X MULTR Multiplier block differential current or voltage I O MULTR MULTR ckt X ONESHOT Controlled oneshot single ended current or voltage I O ONESHOT Not Required A ONESHOTR Controlled oneshot differential current or voltage I O ONESHOT Not Required A PWL Piece wise linear controlled source single ended current or voltage I O PWL Not Required A PWLR Piece wise linear controlled source differential current or voltage I O PWL Not Required A SLEWRATE Simple slew rate block single ended current or voltage I O SLEW Not Required A SLEWRATER Simple slew rate block differential current or voltage I O SLEW Not Required A SUM Summer block single ended current or voltage I O SUM SUM ckt X SUMR Summer block differential current or voltage I O SUMR SUMR ckt X SXFER S doma
297. rent or differential voltage signal Examples Consider the PWL function in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 x_array 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 215 y_array 6 6 6 6 6 6 0 6 6 6 6 6 6 input_domain 0 1 fraction FALSE The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN1 IN2 vd OUT 0 AU1PWL MODEL AU1PWL pwl x_array 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 y_array 6 6 6 6 6 6 0 6 6 6 6 6 6 input_domain 0 1 fraction FALSE The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 216 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 S Domain Transfer Function S Domain Transfer Function Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name S_XFER SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR SXFER MODEL DESIGNATOR SXFER s_xfer in_offset in_offset in_offset gain gain gain num_coeff num_coeff den_coeff den_coeff int_ic int_ic int_ic denormali
298. ric Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name SLEW SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR vd 1 2 vd 3 4 DESIGNATOR SLEW MODEL DESIGNATOR SLEW slew rise_slope rise_slope rise_slope fall_slope fall_slope fall_slope Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Rise_Slope maximum rising slope value Default 1 0e9 Fall_Slope maximum falling slope value Default 1 0e9 Notes This model provides a simple slew rate feature that limits the absolute rising and falling slope of the output with respect to time to a defined value The values for the Rise_Slope and Fall_Slope parameters are specified in units of Vs 1 or As 1 For example to enter a slew rate of 0 05V us the entry would be 0 5e7 The function will raise or lower the output value until the difference between the input and output is zero It will then follow the input until the rise or fall slope limits are again exceeded The input signal can be either a differential current or differential voltage signal Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 230 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the slew rate function in the above image with the following characteris
299. rier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog You can specify either a direct value for the capacitance OR enter values for the capacitors length and width In the case of the latter a value for the capacitance will be calculated in conjunction with parameter information stored in the model Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 32 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The equation used to calculate the capacitance from geometric data is CAP CJ LENGTH NARROW WIDTH NARROW 2 CJSW LENGTH WIDTH 2 NARROW If a direct value for capacitance is not specified the model name and length must be supplied in order for the geometric based capacitance value to be calculated The link to the required model file mdl is specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Either the direct capacitance value OR the geometric data used to calculate it can be entered but not both Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered either in the Sim Model dialog where available or directly in the model file The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Examples Consider the semiconductor capacitor in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 is connected to net N1 Pin2 is connected
300. rmula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Absolute value of Voltage SUBCKT ABSV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ABS V 1 ENDS ABSV Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 275 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ABSV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ABSV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ABSV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ABS V 1 ENDS ABSV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 276 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Absolute Value of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ABSVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ABSVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Absolute value of Voltage pkg ABS V SUBCKT ABSVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ABS V 1 2 ENDS ABSVR Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 277 Examples
301. roduced by a sinusoidal current source with the parameters set to the default values The shape of the waveform is described by the following formulae I t0 to tD IO I tD to tSTOP IO IA e t tD THETA sin 2 F t tD where t is an instance of time IO is the DC offset current of the signal generator IA is the maximum amplitude of the output swing excluding the DC offset F is the Frequency tD is the Delay and THETA is the Damping Factor The simulation ready sinusoidal current source component ISIN can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 102 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the sinusoidal voltage source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net GND Pin2 negative is connected to net INPUT Designator is Iin Amplitude 1m Frequency 10k All other parameters for the model are left at their default values the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Iin 0 INPUT DC 0 SIN 0 1m 10K 0 0 0 AC 1 0 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 103 Voltage Controlled Current Source Model Kind Current Source Model Sub Kind Voltage Controlled SPICE Prefix G SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 3
302. rt of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered either in the Sim Model dialog where available or directly in the model file The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Examples Consider the diode in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 anode is connected to net VIN Pin2 cathode is connected to net Vhw Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 38 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Designator is D1 The linked simulation model file is 1N4002 mdl If no values are entered for the parameters in the Sim Model dialog the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist D1 VIN VHW 1N4002 Models and Subcircuit MODEL 1N4002 D IS 2 55E 9 RS 0 042 N 1 75 TT 5 76E 6 CJO 1 85E 11 VJ 0 75 M 0 333 BV 100 IBV 1E 5 and the SPICE engine would use the indicated parameter information defined in the model file along with default parameter values inherent to the model for those parameters not specified in the file If the following parameter values were specified in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog Area Factor 3 Initial Voltage 2 Temperature 22 then the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist D1 VIN VHW 1N4002 3 IC 2 TEMP 22 Models and Subcircuit MODEL 1N4002 D IS 2 55E 9 RS 0 042 N 1
303. s Reference 256 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 F5 output frequency point 5 in Hertz Notes The parameters C1 C2 and F1 F2 define the voltage to frequency conversion function The C values define input voltage levels and the F values set the respective output frequencies generated for these input levels Linear interpolation is used to define input output values between the set points The voltage controlled sine wave oscillator is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file To check the default values of the model open the associated sub circuit ckt file You can view the content of this file for the model specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog by clicking on the Model File tab at the bottom of the dialog The default parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line SPICE does not support parameterized sub circuits To cater for this the Netlister pre evaluates the formulae contained within a sub circuit file and enters the results directly into the netlist To distinguish between the same sub circuit used with differe
304. s are normally generated even if warnings are reported Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 498 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Troubleshooting netlist generation failure When you run a simulation the first thing that happens is the circuit is analyzed and a SPICE netlist is generated This netlist is then passed to the SPICE engine which simulates the circuit and generates the results Any errors that are detected during netlisting are listed in the Messages panel Likely causes of netlisting errors include A component in the schematic source document s not containing simulation information To check if a component is suitable for simulation double click on the component in the schematic to open its Component Properties dialog and confirm that there is a linked simulation model in the Models region of the dialog The simulation model file that a component references is not in the location specified iin the Model Location region in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog This could happen if the associated integrated library in which the model is stored is not installed or it has been moved from its original install location All source component libraries are installed to the following location Program Files Altium Library This root folder includes 49 sub folders containing component integrated libraries from specific manufacturers as well as two general integrated library files Miscellaneous Devices IntLib an
305. s of the analysis using a different value for the temperature with each pass there is a special identifier used when displaying the waveforms in the Sim Data Editor s Waveform Analysis window Each pass is identified by adding a letter and number as a suffix to the waveform name For a Temperature Sweep the letter used is t and the number used identifies which pass the waveform relates to e g Output_t1 Output_t2 etc Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 489 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above where an AC Small Signal analysis is to be performed in conjunction with the use of the Temperature Sweep feature The Temperature Sweep is defined with the following parameter values Start Temperature 0 000 Stop Temperature 100 0 Step Temperature 25 00 The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses CONTROL SWEEP OPTION TEMP 0 100 25 ENDC There will be five waveforms in all generated by the sweep five different values for temperature across the defined sweep range resulting in five separate simulation passes The default value waveform will also be generated for comparison Hence running the simulation will yield the following waveforms with respect to the Out node Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 490 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 491 Advanced S
306. secondary power source Secondary Step specifies the incremental value to use over the defined sweep range Notes The primary source is required and the secondary source is optional The Primary Source and Secondary Name parameters are chosen from drop down lists containing all power and excitation sources in the circuit Data is saved for all signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 462 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The simulation results are displayed on the DC Sweep tab of the Waveform Analysis window Examples Consider the circuit in the image above where a DC Sweep analysis is defined with the following parameter values Primary Source Vin Primary Start 700 0m Primary Stop 1 500 Primary Step 20 00m Secondary Name V1 Secondary Start 10 00 Secondary Stop 15 00 Secondary Step 1 000 The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses DC VIN 0 7 1 5 0 02 V1 10 15 1 and running the simulation will yield the output waveform shown in the image below Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 463 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 464 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 AC Small Signal Analysis Description An AC Small Signal analysis generates output that shows the frequency response of t
307. sing the following syntax I Net references the current at node Net For example if you have a node in your circuit labeled with a Net Label called IN then the following would be valid entries in the Equation parameter field of the source Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 92 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 I IN 3 COS I IN By default the node is referenced to the Spice Reference Net Name specified in the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog This is GND by default You can include a different reference node directly in the equation using the following syntax I netlabel1 netlabel2 For example LN COS LOG I NetLabel1 NetLabel2 2 I NetLabel2 I NetLabel1 If the argument of a LOG LN or SQRT function becomes less than zero the absolute value of the argument is used If a divisor becomes zero or the argument of log or ln becomes zero an error will result Other problems may occur when the argument for a function in a partial derivative enters a region where that function is undefined The simulation ready non linear dependent current source component BISRC can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Examples Consider the non linear dependent current source in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 positive is connected to net N7 Pin2 negative is connected to net
308. sion Line Model Kind Transmission Line Model Sub Kind Lossless SPICE Prefix T SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 Z0 CHAR IMPEDANCE TRANSMISSION DELAY TD TRANSMISSION DELAY F FREQUENCY NORMALISED LENGTH NL NORMALISED LENGTH INITIAL VOLTAGE 1 IC INITIAL VOLTAGE 1 INITIAL CURRENT 1 INITIAL VOLTAGE 2 INITIAL CURRENT 2 Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Char Impedance characteristic impedance in Ohms Default 50 Transmission Delay Transmission delay in seconds Default 10n Frequency frequency in Hertz Normalised Length normalized electrical length of the transmission line with respect to the wavelength in the line at the specified frequency Port 1 Voltage time zero voltage at port 1 of the transmission line in Volts Port 1 Current time zero current at port 1 of the transmission line in Amps Port 2 Voltage time zero voltage at port 2 of the transmission line in Volts Port 2 Current time zero current at port 2 of the transmission line in Amps Notes The length of the line must be expressed in one of the following two ways the
309. ster has pre evaluated the formulae in the sub circuit definition using the default parameter values as defined in the TRIVCO ckt file Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 267 Math Functions Math Functions The simulation ready components in this section provide for mathematical functions in the following categories Absolute Value Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Addition Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Arc Cosine Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Arc Sine Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Arc Tangent Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Cosine Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Division Current Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 268 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Exponential Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Hyperbolic Arc Cosine Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Hyperbolic Arc Sine Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Hyperbolic Arc Tangent Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Hyperbolic Cosine Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Hyperbolic Sine Current Voltage Single Ended Voltage Differential Logarit
310. support parameterized sub circuits To cater for this the Netlister pre evaluates the formulae contained within a sub circuit file and enters the results directly into the netlist To distinguish between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 250 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the relay in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 is connected to net OUT Pin2 is connected to net P2 Pin3 is connected to net P1 Pin4 is connected to net In Pin5 is connected to net GND Designator is RLY1 The linked simulation sub circuit file is 12VSPDT ckt with the following content Generic relay pins COM NC NO T1 T2 SPDT Relay Subcircuit Parameters PULLIN Pull in voltage DROPOFF Drop off voltage CONTACT Contact resistance RESISTANCE Coil resistance INDUCTANCE Coil Inductance AC DC relay SUBCKT 12VSPDT 1 2 3 4 5 PARAMS PULLIN 9 6 DROPOFF 0 1 CONTACT 1m RESISTANCE 1000 INDUCTANCE 10m L1 4 6 INDUCTANCE 2 L2 5 7 INDUCTANCE 2 R1 6 7 RESISTANCE BNO 8 0 V PULLIN abs v 6 7 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 251 SW1 2 1 8 0 SWNC ON BNC 9 0 V abs v 6 7 SW2 3 1 9 0 SWNO OFF MODEL SWNC SW VT DROPOFF RON CONTACT
311. t Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 322 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 323 Division of Voltages Single Ended Inputs Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name DIVV SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file DIVV ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Divide Voltages SUBCKT DIVV 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS DIVV Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 324 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the DIVV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XMdiv SINOUT COSOUT TANOUT DIVV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT DIVV 1 2 3 BX 3 0 V V 1 V 2 ENDS DIVV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 325 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 326 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Division of Voltages Differential Inputs Model Kind General Model Sub Kind
312. t tolerance to be observed for DC Sources The value is entered as a percentage Default 10 Default Digital Tp Tolerance the default tolerance to be observed for Digital Tp propagation delay for digital devices The value is entered as a percentage Default 10 The tolerance is used to determine the allowable range of values that can be generated by the random number generator for a device For a device with nominal value ValNom the range can be expressed as ValNom Tolerance ValNom RANGE ValNom Tolerance ValNom Specific Tolerances this parameter shows how many specific tolerances are currently defined These are user defined tolerances that are applied to specific components in the circuit You can set up your own specific tolerances as required by clicking the button to the right of the field The Monte Carlo Specific Tolerances dialog will appear Specific tolerances that are defined will override the default tolerance settings Default 0 defined Defining Specific Tolerances To define a new specific tolerance click the Add button at the bottom of the dialog A new row will be added In the Designator field choose the component that the specific tolerance is to apply to from the drop down list Include a parameter in the Parameter field if the device requires it Supported parameters include the propagation delay of a digital component the Beta forward of a transistor and the resist
313. t_Gain output gain Default 1 Out_Offset output offset Default 0 Notes This is a two input multiplier with offset and gain adjustment available on both inputs and output It takes the inputs and processes them to obtain the output result as follows Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 203 The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the X_Offset and Y_Offset parameters The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for gain specified in the respective X_Gain and Y_Gain parameters The resulting values are multiplied The result is then multiplied by the value specified for the Out_Gain parameter The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output X X_Offset X_Gain Y Y_Offset Y_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset This model will operate in DC AC and Transient analysis modes only When running an AC Small Signal analysis the results are only valid when one of the two inputs not both is connected to an AC signal The input signals can be either single ended current or single ended voltage signals The built in XSPICE multiplier function can take two or more inputs with no upper limit on the number of inputs considered This particular 2 input version is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit
314. ted with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Natural logarithm of Voltage SUBCKT LNV 1 2 BX 2 0 V LN V 1 ENDS LNV Examples Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 400 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LNV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT LNV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT LNV 1 2 BX 2 0 V LN V 1 ENDS LNV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 401 Natural Logarithm of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name LNVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file LNVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Natural logarithm of Voltage SUBCKT LNVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V LN V 1 2 ENDS LNVR Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 402 TR0113 v1 1 May
315. the Analyses Setup dialog When the Use Initial Conditions option is enabled an operating point analysis is not performed Instead the node voltages specified by IC devices are used to compute the capacitor diode BJT JFET and MOSFET initial conditions Since no operating point analysis is performed prior to the transient analysis you should ensure that all appropriate DC source voltages are specified if they are to be used to compute device initial conditions When the Use Initial Conditions option is disabled an operating point analysis is performed prior to the transient analysis and the node voltage is held at the value specified by the IC device During the subsequent transient analysis this restraint is removed This is the preferred method since it allows the SPICE engine to compute a consistent DC solution If an Initial Condition parameter is specified for a particular device it overrides takes precedence over the value defined by a IC device Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 129 Examples Consider the Initial Condition device in the above image with the following characteristics The pin of the device is connected to net OUT Designator is IC1 Initial Voltage 10 the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist IC V OUT 10 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 130 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Nodeset Model Kind
316. the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 382 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Logarithm of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name LOGVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file LOGVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Logarithm of Voltage SUBCKT LOGVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V LOG V 1 2 ENDS LOGVR Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 383 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the LOGVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 LOGVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT LOGVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V LOG V 1 2 ENDS LOGVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 384 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 385 Multiplication Multiplication of Currents Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name
317. the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANHV component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN OUT ATANHV Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ATANHV 1 2 BX 2 0 V ATANH V 1 ENDS ATANHV The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 358 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Hyperbolic Arc Tangent of Voltage Differential Input Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name ATANHVR SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file ATANHVR ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Hyperbolic arc tangent of Voltage SUBCKT ATANHVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V ATANH V 1 2 ENDS ATANHVR The resulting voltage is the value expressed in radians Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 359 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the ATANHVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 ATANHVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT ATANHVR 1 2 3 4
318. the following parameter values were specified in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 51 Area Factor 3 Starting Condition OFF Temperature 24 then the entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist Q1 C 0 E 2N3904 3 OFF TEMP 24 Models and Subcircuit MODEL 2N3904 NPN IS 1 4E 14 BF 300 VAF 100 IKF 0 025 ISE 3E 13 BR 7 5 RC 2 4 CJE 4 5E 12 TF 4E 10 CJC 3 5E 12 TR 2 1E 8 XTB 1 5 KF 9E 16 In this case the SPICE engine would use this information in conjunction with the indicated parameters defined in the model file and any defaults for parameters not specified Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 52 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Junction Field Effect Transistor JFET Model Kind Transistor Model Sub Kind JFET SPICE Prefix J SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL amp AREA FACTOR amp STARTING CONDITION INITIAL D S VOLTAGE IC INITIAL D S VOLTAGE INITIAL G S VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE TEMP TEMPERATURE Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Area Factor specifies the number of
319. the positive output node for the circuit Output Reference Node the reference node for the output of the circuit Default 0 GND Transfer Function Type defines the type of ac small signal transfer function to be used for the circuit when calculating the poles and or zeros There are two types available V output V input Voltage Gain Transfer Function V output I input Impedance Transfer Function Analysis Type allows you to further refine the role of the analysis Choose to find all poles that satisfy the transfer function for the circuit Poles Only all zeros Zeros Only or both Poles and Zeros Notes Pole Zero analysis works with resistors capacitors inductors linear controlled sources independent sources diodes BJTs MOSFETs and JFETs Transmission lines are not supported Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 474 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The method used in the analysis is a sub optimal numerical search For large circuits it may take a considerable time or fail to find all poles and zeros For some circuits the method becomes lost and finds an excessive number of poles or zeros If there is non convergence in finding both poles and zeros refine the analysis to calculate only poles or only zeros The simulation results are displayed on the Pole Zero Analysis tab of the Waveform Analysis window Examples Consider the circuit in the image above where a Pole Zero analysis is
320. the range specified by the output lower and upper limits The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal This model is also similar in function to the Controlled Limiter the difference being that the output limiting is defined using parameters of the model rather than providing the limit levels external to the device The Limit_Range is the value below Out_Upper_Limit and above Out_Lower_Limit at which smoothing of the output begins The Limit_Range therefore represents the delta with respect to the output level at which smoothing occurs For example for an input Gain of 2 Limit_Range of 0 1V and output limits of 1V upper and 1V lower the output will begin to smooth out at 0 9 V When the Limit_Range is specified as a fractional value Fraction parameter set to TRUE it is expressed as the calculated fraction of the difference between Out_Upper_Limit and Out_Lower_Limit Examples Consider the limiter in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 input is connected to net In1 Pin2 output is connected to net Out Designator is U1 Gain 2 Out_Lower_Limit 6V Out_Upper_Limit 6V Limit_Range 0 1V All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN1 OUT AU1LIMIT MODEL AU1LIMIT limit gain 2 out_lower_limit 6 out_upper_limit
321. tics Pin1 positive input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative input is connected to net GND Pin3 positive output is connected to net Out Pin4 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U2 Rise_Slope 2e7 Fall_Slope 2e7 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU2 vd IN1 0 vd OUT 0 AU2SLEW MODEL AU2SLEW slew rise_slope 2e7 fall_slope 2e7 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 231 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 232 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Summer Summer Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SUM SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 MODEL PARAMS X_OFFSET X_OFFSET X_OFFSET Y_OFFSET Y_OFFSET Y_OFFSET X_GAIN X_GAIN X_GAIN Y_GAIN Y_GAIN Y_GAIN OUT_GAIN OUT_GAIN OUT_GAIN OUT_OFFSET OUT_OFFSET OUT_OFFSET Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog X_Offset X input offset Default 0
322. tion Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix LLTRA Lossless transmission line LLTRA Not Required T LTRA Lossy transmission line LTRA LTRA mdl O URC Uniform distributed lossy line URC URC mdl U Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 6 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Simulation Math Functions The following schematic components can be found in the Simulation Math Function integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Math Function IntLib Component Description Model Name Model File SPICE Prefix ABSI Absolute value of current ABSI ABSI ckt X ABSV Absolute value of voltage single ended input ABSV ABSV ckt X ABSVR Absolute value of voltage differential input ABSVR ABSVR ckt X ACOSHI Hyperbolic arc cosine of current ACOSHI ACOSHI ckt X ACOSHV Hyperbolic arc cosine of voltage single ended input ACOSHV ACOSHV ckt X ACOSHVR Hyperbolic arc cosine of voltage differential input ACOSHVR ACOSHVR ckt X ACOSI Arc cosine of current ACOSI ACOSI ckt X ACOSV Arc cosine of voltage single ended input ACOSV ACOSV ckt X ACOSVR Arc cosine of voltage differential input ACOSVR ACOSVR ckt X ADDI Addition of currents ADDI ADDI ckt X ADDV Addition of voltages single ended inputs ADDV ADDV ckt X ADDVR Addition of voltages differential inputs ADDVR ADDVR ckt X ASINHI Hyperbolic arc sine of current ASINHI ASINHI ckt X ASINHV
323. to fall from the Pulsed Value back to the Initial Value in seconds Must be gt 0 Default 2u Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 110 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Fall Time Constant RC discharging time constant in seconds Default 300n Notes Use this source to create a pulse voltage waveform with an exponential rising and or falling edge The image below shows an example of the waveform produced by an exponential voltage source with the parameters set to the default values The shape of the waveform is described by the following formulae V t0 to tRD VIV V tRD to tFD VIV VPV VIV 1 e t tRD tRT V tFD to tSTOP VIV VPV VIV e t tRD tRT VIV VPV 1 e t tFD tFT where t is an instance of time VIV is the initial value of the voltage VPV is the pulsed value of the voltage tRD is the Rise Delay tRT is the Rise Time tFD is the Fall Delay and tFT is the Fall Time The simulation ready exponential voltage source component VEXP can be found in the Simulation Sources integrated library Program Files Altium Library Simulation Simulation Sources IntLib Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 111 Frequency Modulated Sinusoidal Voltage Source Model Kind Voltage Source Model Sub Kind Single Frequency FM SPICE Prefix V SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DC MAGNITUDE DC DC MAGNITU
324. to net VN Designator is C1 The linked simulation model file is CAP mdl If a value for the capacitance was entered directly say 100 pF and no other parameters were specified in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog then the entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist C1 N1 VN 100pF CAP Consider now instead of entering a direct value for the capacitance the following parameters were defined in the Sim Model dialog Length 10u Width 1u the entry in the netlist would be C1 N1 VN CAP L 10u W 1u The value for the capacitance will be calculated accurately using the geometric data specified and any further parameter definitions in the model file CAP mdl Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 33 Coupled Inductors Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Coupled Inductors SPICE Prefix K SPICE Netlist Template Format LA_ DESIGNATOR 1 2 INDUCTANCE A LB_ DESIGNATOR 3 4 INDUCTANCE B DESIGNATOR LA_ DESIGNATOR LB_ DESIGNATOR COUPLING FACTOR Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog Inductance A value for the inductance of discrete inductor A in Henrys
325. tor might have a value of 953 and the other one could be 1022 The program uses a separate and independent random number to generate the value for each component As running a Monte Carlo analysis actually performs multiple passes of the enabled standard analyses there is a special identifier used when displaying the waveforms in the Sim Data Editor s Waveform Analysis window Each pass is identified by adding a letter and number as a suffix to the waveform name For a Monte Carlo analysis the letter used is m and the number used identifies which pass the waveform relates to e g Output_m1 Output_m2 etc Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 481 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above where a Transient analysis is to be performed in conjunction with the use of the Monte Carlo analysis feature The Monte Carlo analysis is defined with the following parameter values Seed 1 Distribution Uniform Number of Runs 5 Default Resistor Tolerance 15 Default Capacitor Tolerance 15 All other parameters are left at their default values The entry in the SPICE netlist will be Selected Circuit Analyses CONTROL TOL C1 DEV 15 Uniform TOL Q1 BF DEV 10 Uniform TOL Q2 BF DEV 10 Uniform TOL R1 DEV 15 Uniform TOL R2 DEV 15 Uniform Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 482 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 TOL R3 DEV 15
326. u should not have to change any of the parameters in this page of the dialog for accurate simulation Only change these options if you understand SPICE simulation parameters Notes The setup options that you define in the Analyses Setup dialog will be used in the creation of a SPICE netlist nsx upon which the simulation is run In order for a SPICE netlist to be created the schematic design must be simulatable If there are any errors or warnings that exist the Analyses Setup dialog will not appear and instead a dialog will appear alerting you to the fact that there were errors parsing the circuit The errors warnings will be listed in the Messages panel In this case you will have to work through all warnings and errors and fix them before you are able to access the Analyses Setup dialog and subsequently perform a simulation The generated SPICE netlist incorporates analysis setup information This information is initially sought in the project file If the design is being simulated for the first time and you have not run the Analyses Setup dialog then default analysis information will be used Transient and Operating Point analyses After this initial simulation and whenever you change the setup information in the Analyses Setup Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 450 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 dialog the project will appear as being modified Saving the project will result in the information being stored in the project file
327. ult parameter values are listed in the SUBCKT line To distinguish between the same sub circuit used with different parameter values the Netlister creates a unique name for the sub circuit by adding a prefix 0 1 etc Examples Consider the summer in the above image with the following characteristics Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 238 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Pin1 positive a input is connected to net In1 Pin2 negative a input is connected to net In2 Pin3 positive b input is connected to net In3 Pin4 negative b input is connected to net In4 Pin5 positive output is connected to net Out Pin6 negative output is connected to net GND Designator is U1 X_Gain 0 5 Y_Gain 2 25 Out_Gain 2 All other model parameters are left at their inherent default values The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XU1 IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 OUT 0 SUMR 0 Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SUMR 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 A1 VD 1 2 VD 3 4 VD 5 6 SUM1 MODEL SUM1 SUMMER IN_OFFSET 0E 0 0E 0 IN_GAIN 5E 1 2 25E 0 OUT_GAIN 2E 0 OUT_OFFSET 0E 0 ENDS SUMR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 239 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 240 TR0113 v1
328. urce overlap capacitance per meter channel width in F m Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 63 CGBO gate bulk overlap capacitance per meter channel length in F m XPART gate oxide capacitance charge model flag N0 zero bias sub threshold slope coefficient NB sens of sub threshold slope to substrate bias ND sens of sub threshold slope to drain bias RSH drain and source diffusion sheet resistance in Ohms JS source drain junction current density in A m2 PB built in potential of source drain junction in Volts MJ grading coefficient of source drain junction PBSW built in potential of source drain junction sidewall in Volts MJSW grading coefficient of source drain junction sidewall CJ source drain junction capacitance per unit area in F m2 CJSW source drain junction sidewall capacitance per unit length in F m WDF source drain junction default width in meters DELL source drain junction length reduction in meters Notes The Simulator supports the following MOSFET device models which differ only in their formulation of the I V characteristic Shichman Hodges LEVEL 1 MOS2 LEVEL 2 MOS3 LEVEL 3 BSIM LEVEL 4 BSIM2 LEVEL 5 MOS6 LEVEL 6 The LEVEL parameter is used to specify which model to use It is declared at the start of the parameter va
329. urier Analysis Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog after the dialog appears simply click the Transient Fourier Analysis entry in the Analyses Options list The default setup for this analysis type is shown in the image below Parameters Enable Fourier used to include Fourier analysis in the simulation Default disabled Fourier Fundamental Frequency the frequency of the signal that is being approximated by the sum of sinusoidal waveforms Fourier Number of Harmonics the number of harmonics to be considered in the analysis Each harmonic is an integer multiple of the fundamental frequency Together with the fundamental frequency sinusoid the harmonics sum to form the real waveform of the signal being analyzed The more harmonics involved in the sum the greater the approximation to the signal s waveform e g summing sinusoids to form a square wave Notes Upon running the simulation a file will be generated ProjectName sim written to the output folder for the project and opened as the active document in the main design window This file contains Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 458 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 detailed information on the magnitude and phase of each harmonic in the Fourier analysis for each of the signals in the Available Signals list on the General Setup page of the Analyses Setup dialog You must enable the Transient Fourier Analysis option in the Analyses Options list of t
330. ut reference for the noise calculations Start Frequency the initial frequency for the range over which to perform the noise calculations in Hz Stop Frequency the final frequency for the range over which to perform the noise calculations in Hz Sweep Type defines how the test points are distributed over the defined frequency range The following three types are available Linear evenly spaced test points on a linear scale Decade evenly spaced test points per decade of a log10 scale Octave evenly spaced test points per octave of a log2 scale Test Points defines the number of points over the defined frequency range at which noise calculations will be performed Points Per Summary allows you to control which noise measurement is performed Setting this parameter to 0 will cause input and output noise to be measured only Setting to a 1 will measure the noise contribution of each component in the circuit Output Node the node in the circuit at which the total output noise is to be measured Reference Node the node in the circuit used as a reference for calculating the total output noise at the desired Output Node By default this parameter is set to 0 GND If set to any other node the total output noise is calculated as V Output Node V Reference Node Total Test Points non editable shows the total number of test points in the frequency sweep range calculat
331. ut result as follows Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 207 The inputs are offset in accordance with the values specified for the X_Offset and Y_Offset parameters The offset signals are then multiplied by the values for gain specified in the respective X_Gain and Y_Gain parameters The resulting values are multiplied The result is then multiplied by the value specified for the Out_Gain parameter The output result is then offset in accordance with the value specified for the Out_Offset parameter The process can be expressed mathematically as follows Output X X_Offset X_Gain Y Y_Offset Y_Gain Out_Gain Out_Offset This model will operate in DC AC and Transient analysis modes only When running an AC Small Signal analysis the results are only valid when one of the two inputs not both is connected to an AC signal The input signals can be either differential current or differential voltage signals The built in XSPICE multiplier function can take two or more inputs with no upper limit on the number of inputs considered This particular 2 input version is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax Within the sub circuit definition the XSPICE Multiplier model is called and the parameters of the sub circuit file parsed to this model Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its spec
332. utput high value in Volts C1 input control voltage point 1 in Volts F1 output frequency point 1 in Hertz C2 input control voltage point 2 in Volts F2 output frequency point 2 in Hertz C3 input control voltage point 3 in Volts F3 output frequency point 3 in Hertz C4 input control voltage point 4 in Volts F4 output frequency point 4 in Hertz C5 input control voltage point 5 in Volts F5 output frequency point 5 in Hertz Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 264 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Cycle duty cycle Possible values can lie in the range 0 to 1 Notes The parameters C1 C2 and F1 F2 define the voltage to frequency conversion function The C values define input voltage levels and the F values set the respective output frequencies generated for these input levels Linear interpolation is used to define input output values between the set points The voltage controlled triangle wave oscillator is not one of the built in SPICE engine models It is a complex device and as such is defined using the hierarchical sub circuit syntax All of the parameters will normally have a default value assigned The default should be applicable to most simulations Generally you do not need to change this value Entering a value for a parameter in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog will override its specified value in the sub circuit file
333. v1 1 May 20 2005 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SQRTVR component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM1 IN1 IN2 OUT 0 SQRTVR Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT SQRTVR 1 2 3 4 BX 3 4 V SQRT V 1 2 ENDS SQRTVR The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 419 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 420 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Subtraction Subtraction of Currents Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Spice Subcircuit SPICE Prefix X Model Name SUBI SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 MODEL Parameters definable at component level None Notes The content of the sub circuit file SUBI ckt associated with this model is shown below The formula equation used to provide this function is declared as part of the netlist specific entry under the SUBCKT line of the file Subtract Currents SUBCKT SUBI 1 2 3 4 5 6 VA 1 2 0 VB 3 4 0 BX 6 5 I I VA I VB ENDS SUBI Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 421 Examples Consider the circuit in the image above With respect to the SUBI component the entries in the SPICE netlist will be Schematic Netlist XM3 NetM3_1 0 NetM3_3 0 OUT 0 SU
334. vely be seen as zero and infinity respectively in comparison with other elements in the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 70 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The use of an ideal highly non linear element such as a switch can cause large discontinuities to occur in the circuit node voltages The rapid state change caused by opening and closing a switch can cause numerical round off or tolerance problems leading to time step difficulties or erroneous results When using switches take the following precautions Set switch impedances RON and ROFF just high or low enough to be negligible with respect to other elements When modeling real devices such as MOSFETS set the on resistance to a realistic level for the size of the device being modeled If a wide range of ON to OFF resistance must be used ROFF RON gt 1e 12 then the error tolerance during transient analysis should be decreased Set the TRTOL parameter in the Spice Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog to 1 When a switch is placed around a capacitor then the CHGTOL parameter should also be reduced try 1e 16 The link to the required model file mdl is specified in the General tab of the Sim Model dialog The Model Name is used in the netlist to reference this file Where a parameter has an indicated default as part of the SPICE model definition that default will be used if no value is specifically entered either in the Sim Model
335. vergence Inherent checking of the value entered for the input_domain parameter is carried out by the model so that overlap of smoothing domains does not result from too high a value being specified Care should be taken when using the smoothing domain as a fractional value fraction TRUE as excessive smoothing can result if the coordinates specified in the x_array and y_array parameters are inappropriate The input signal can be either a single ended current or single ended voltage signal Examples Consider the PWL function in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 input is connected to net In1 Pin2 output is connected to net Out Designator is U1 x_array 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 y_array 0 0 0 5 10 10 10 5 0 0 0 input_domain 1e 3 fraction FALSE Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 212 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN1 OUT AU1PWL MODEL AU1PWL pwl x_array 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 y_array 0 0 0 5 10 10 10 5 0 0 0 input_domain 1e 3 fraction FALSE The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 213 PWL Controlled Source Differential I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A M
336. voltage in Volts PHI surface inversion potential in Volts K1 body effect coefficient in V1 2 K2 Drain Source depletion charge sharing coefficient ETA zero bias drain induced barrier lowering coefficient MUZ zero bias mobility in cm2 Vs DL shortening of channel in m DW narrowing of channel in m U0 zero bias transverse field mobility degradation coefficient in V 1 U1 zer0 bias velocity saturation coefficient in m V X2MZ sens of mobility to substrate bias at Vds 0 in cm2 V2s X2E sens of drain induced barrier lowering effect to substrate bias in V 1 X3E sens of drain induced barrier lowering effect to drain bias at Vds Vdd in V 1 X2U0 sens of transverse field mobility degradation effect to substrate bias in V 2 X2U1 sens of velocity saturation effect to substrate bias in mV 2 MUS mobility at zero substrate bias and at Vds Vdd in cm2 V2s X2MS sens of mobility to substrate bias at Vds Vdd in cm2 V2s X3MS sens of mobility to drain bias at Vds Vdd in cm2 V2s X3U1 sens of velocity saturation effect on drain bias at Vds Vdd in mV 2 TOX gate oxide thickness in m TEMP temperature at which parameters were measured in C VDD measurement bias range in Volts CGDO gate drain overlap capacitance per meter channel width in F m CGSO gate so
337. voltages are used as the initial conditions for the Transient analysis 15 Specify the series resistance parameters of your models and increase the GMIN option SPICE Options page of the Analyses Setup dialog by a factor of 10 Specify the initial condition of semiconductor devices especially diodes as OFF Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 501 DC Sweep Analysis troubleshooting When you have a problem with a DC Sweep analysis first try the steps listed in the General simulation convergence troubleshooting topic If you still encounter problems try the following Change the value of the Primary Step parameter on the DC Sweep Analysis page of the Analyses Setup dialog If discontinuities exist in a device model perhaps between the linear and saturation regions of the model increasing the step size may allow the simulation to step over the discontinuity Making the steps smaller on the other hand will allow the simulation to resolve rapid voltage transition discontinuities Disable the DC Sweep analysis Some problems such as hysteresis cannot be resolved by DC analysis In such cases it is more effective to use the Transient analysis and ramp the values of the appropriate power sources Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 502 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Transient Analysis troubleshooting When you have a problem with a Transient analysis first try the steps listed in
338. w value Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 265 HIGH Peak output high value CYCLE Duty cycle C1 Input control voltage point 1 C2 Input control voltage point 2 C3 Input control voltage point 3 C4 Input control voltage point 4 C5 Input control voltage point 5 F1 Output frequency point 1 F2 Output frequency point 2 F3 Output frequency point 3 F4 Output frequency point 4 F5 Output frequency point 5 Connections In In Out Out SUBCKT TRIVCO 1 2 3 4 PARAMS C1 0 C2 1 C3 2 C4 3 C5 4 F1 0 F2 1k F3 2k F4 3k F5 4k LOW 5 HIGH 5 CYCLE 0 5 A1 vd 1 2 vd 3 4 ATRIVCO MODEL ATRIVCO triangle cntl_array C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 freq_array F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 out_low LOW out_high HIGH duty_cycle CYCLE ENDS TRIVCO No overriding values for the parameters are entered in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog The entries in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist XV1 IN 0 OUT 0 TRIVCO Models and Subcircuit SUBCKT TRIVCO 1 2 3 4 A1 VD 1 2 VD 3 4 ATRIVCO Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 266 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 MODEL ATRIVCO TRIANGLE CNTL_ARRAY 0E 0 1E 0 2E 0 3E 0 4E 0 FREQ_ARRAY 0E 0 1E 3 2E 3 3E 3 4E 3 OUT_LOW 5E 0 OUT_HIGH 5E 0 DUTY_CYCLE 5E 1 ENDS TRIVCO Notice that the Netli
339. while the y_array parameter values represent the corresponding outputs at those points You could think of the function as being analogous to a look up table where the input signal amplitude is mapped to the corresponding input value in the x_array and then the y_array value that this is paired with is used for the output signal For values of the input signal that are smaller than the first element value of x_array and greater than that of the last the function uses the lowest and highest two coordinate pairs respectively and extends the slope between each The function is therefore perfectly linear before the first coordinate and after the last coordinate specified by the arrays The PWL function does not have inherent output limiting Care should therefore be taken as it is quite possible to end up with excessively large or small outputs for larger values of input The use of the smoothing domain around each coordinate point in the defined PWL waveform reduces the possibility of non convergence Inherent checking of the value entered for the input_domain parameter is carried out by the model so that overlap of smoothing domains does not result from too high a value being specified Care should be taken when using the smoothing domain as a fractional value fraction TRUE as excessive smoothing can result if the coordinates specified in the x_array and y_array parameters are inappropriate The input signal can be either a differential cur
340. xist between the cntl_upper and cntl_lower inputs at all times The Limit_Range therefore represents the delta with respect to the output level at which smoothing occurs For example for an input Gain of 2 Limit_Range of 0 1V and output limits of 1V on pin cntl_upper and 1V on pin cntl_lower the output will begin to smooth out at 0 9 V The input values arriving at the cntl_upper and cntl_lower pins of the device are tested to verify that they are far enough apart to guarantee a linear range between them The range is calculated as cntl_upper Upper_Delta Limit_Range cntl_lower Lower_Delta Limit_Range and must be greater than or equal to zero When the Limit_Range is specified as a fractional value Fraction parameter set to TRUE it is expressed as the calculated fraction of the difference between cntl_upper and cntl_lower Examples Consider the controlled limiter in the above image with the following characteristics Pin1 input is connected to net In Pin2 cntl_upper is connected to net Vupper Pin3 cntl_lower is connected to net Vlower Pin4 output is connected to net Out Designator is U1 Gain 2 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 142 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Limit_Range 0 1 All other model parameters are left at their inherent defaults The entry in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 IN VUPPER VLOWER OUT AU
341. y in the SPICE netlist would be Schematic Netlist AU1 vd IN1 IN2 vd OUT 0 AU1LMETER MODEL AU1LMETER lmeter gain 25 The effect of the function can be seen in the resultant waveforms obtained by running a transient analysis of the circuit Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 191 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 192 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 Integrator Integrator Single Ended I O Model Kind General Model Sub Kind Generic Editor SPICE Prefix A Model Name INT SPICE Netlist Template Format DESIGNATOR 1 2 DESIGNATOR INT MODEL DESIGNATOR INT int in_offset in_offset in_offset gain gain gain out_lower_limit out_lower_limit out_upper_limit out_upper_limit limit_range limit_range limit_range out_ic out_ic out_ic Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog In_Offset input offset Default 0 Gain gain Default 1 Out_Lower_Limit output lower limit Out_Upper_Limit output upper limit Limit_Range upper and lower limit smoothing range Default 1 0e 6 Out_IC output initial condition Default 0 Simulation Models and Analyses
342. ype and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog DC Magnitude DC offset used in an Operating Point Analysis Default 0 AC Magnitude the magnitude of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 1 AC Phase the phase of the source when used in an AC Small Signal Analysis Default 0 Time Value Pairs allows you to define the waveform by specifying a value for the voltage at various points in time Default pairings are 0U 5V 5U 5V 12U 0V 50U 5V 60U 5V Notes Use this source to create an arbitrary waveform as a set of voltages at various points in time Piecewise linear sources can take data from one of two sources You can describe the waveform with a set of points that you enter directly into the Time Value Pairs list in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog Use the available Add and Delete buttons to define new points or remove existing ones respectively There is no upper limit on the number of points you can define for the waveform The time specified for each successive point Simulation Models and Analyses Reference 118 TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 must be more positive than its predecessor If it is not the cycle will end excluding that and all successive points You can define the waveform in an ASCII
343. zed_freq denormalized_freq denormalized_freq Parameters definable at component level The following parameters are definable for this model type and are listed in the Parameters tab of the Sim Model dialog To access this dialog simply double click on the entry for the simulation model link in the Models region of the Component Properties dialog in_offset input offset Default 0 gain gain Default 1 num_coeff numerator polynomial coefficients Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least one value must be entered for the array den_coeff denominator polynomial coefficients Enter a list of values using spaces as separators At least one value must be entered for the array int_ic integrator stage initial conditions Default 0 denormalized_freq denormalized corner frequency in radians per second This allows you to specify the coefficients for a normalized filter where the frequency of Simulation Models and Analyses Reference TR0113 v1 1 May 20 2005 217 interest is 1 rad s and then move the corner frequency to the one of interest denormalizing the tranfer function Default 1 Notes This model provides a single input single output transfer function in the Laplace transform variable s This function enables you to modulate the frequency domain characteristics of a signal The s domain transfer function you define must adhere to the following two restrictio

TR0113 Simulation Models and Analyses Reference

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents